<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://linguifex.com/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Nslyons1</id>
	<title>Linguifex - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://linguifex.com/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Nslyons1"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/wiki/Special:Contributions/Nslyons1"/>
	<updated>2026-04-06T14:51:39Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.6</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118962</id>
		<title>Marsatian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118962"/>
		<updated>2018-07-09T06:15:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: /* Diphthongs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Marsatian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename=malsadheok&lt;br /&gt;
|region=West Chimota&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers=1.12 billion&lt;br /&gt;
|date=2018&lt;br /&gt;
|creator=Nate S. Lyons&lt;br /&gt;
|setting=Marsat&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor=unclassified&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian (&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Malsadheok&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; [malsadʒʌk̚]) is a Western Chimotan language spoken by about 1.12 billion people, primarily in Marsat, where it is the national and official language. The pronunciation of the standard variety of Marsatian is based on the dialect of Senda, the capital of Marsat. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian is spoken in the country of Marsat, a vast empire on the Chimotan continent. It is also spoken by Marsatian emigrant communities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspiration===&lt;br /&gt;
The language of the Marsatians was inspired by several natural languages. East Asian cultures and languages were the main influence behind the creation of the Marsatians. The grammar of Marsatian is almost identical to that of Modern Korean while a lot of morphology is based on Chinese and Japanese. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure&lt;br /&gt;
Stress&lt;br /&gt;
Intonation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Stops&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;eg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /pʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;am&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;art&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /tʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;op&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;oal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;ip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;kh&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /kʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;eep&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fricatives&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;zh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/ || as in gara&#039;&#039;&#039;ge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/ || as in Greek &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;amma&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /s/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;oup&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039;arp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /x/ || as in German Ba&#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /h/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Affricates&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;eese&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;udge&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡s/ || as in ca&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/ || as in car&#039;&#039;&#039;ds&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nasals and Liquids&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039;ice&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;ose&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ŋ/ || as in si&#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /l/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039;ie&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/ || as in Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-Vowels / Glides&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; || /w/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039;est&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; || /j/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;es&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Positional Allophones====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Marsatian consonants can exhibit three different sounds based on their position. The main form, called the initial, is found at the beginning of words. The second form, the medial, is found between vowels and before voiced consonants. Lastly, the final form is found only at the end of a word of before a stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initials are pronounced as shown in the table above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most letters are pronounced like their initial forms in medial position. However, those that do not are listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Medial Pronunciation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
All stops, affricates and fricatives become stops with inaudible release at the end of the word or before a stop, fricative or africate.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;T-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t, th, d, s, z, sh, ch, zh, dh, c, dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;K-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;P-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, ph, b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the consonants are pronounced the same in the final form as they do in their initial form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian has eight vowel phonemes. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Front&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || /a/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;ther&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /e/ || as  in b&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;te&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɛ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; || /i/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;ee&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Back&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʌ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || /o/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;oa&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɯ/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /u/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
The semivowels &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; form rising diphthongs when followed by a vowel.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=4| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Y-Diphthongs&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ya&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ja/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ya&#039;&#039;&#039;rd&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /je/ || as  in &#039;&#039;&#039;yay&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;ye&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jɛ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ye&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ju/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039;&#039;th&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jo/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039;ghurt&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yeo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jʌ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039;nder&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=4| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;W-Diphthongs&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;weo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wʌ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;nder (to roam)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wo/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;ven&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /we/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wai&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wɛ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;&#039;b&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wa/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;&#039;sh&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Since Marsatian does not possess fall diphthongs, two vowels that are not listed above would be pronounced as two separate vowels in hiatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two diphthongs (&#039;&#039;&#039;wae&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;wi&#039;&#039;&#039;) become two unique single vowels when they appear at the beginning of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;wae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ø/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;wi&#039;&#039;&#039; || /y/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Assimilation====&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant clusters are not permitted at the onset of a syllable but they are allowed at the coda. When two syllables are joined, the first may end in a consonant cluster. However, the pronunciation of the consonants and the ones that follow (if any) are changed depending on what they are. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Assimilation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t, th, s, sh, ch, dh, zh, c, dz, z, d &#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, ph, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Double Consonants====&lt;br /&gt;
When two consonants appear in the final position, only one of them is pronounced. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Double Consonants Final Pronunciation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ch, dh&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;  || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress====&lt;br /&gt;
====Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian syllable structure can be at most /CGVC/. In this structure, G is a glide /j, w/. Any consonant except /ŋ/ may occur initially, but only /p, t, k, m, n, ŋ, l/ may occur finally. As mentioned above, two consonants may occur only between vowels. However, words can also end in double consonants, which are only both pronounced when followed by a vowel. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118945</id>
		<title>Marsatian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118945"/>
		<updated>2018-07-09T05:58:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: /* Phonotactics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Marsatian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename=malsadheok&lt;br /&gt;
|region=West Chimota&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers=1.12 billion&lt;br /&gt;
|date=2018&lt;br /&gt;
|creator=Nate S. Lyons&lt;br /&gt;
|setting=Marsat&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor=unclassified&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian (&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Malsadheok&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; [malsadʒʌk̚]) is a Western Chimotan language spoken by about 1.12 billion people, primarily in Marsat, where it is the national and official language. The pronunciation of the standard variety of Marsatian is based on the dialect of Senda, the capital of Marsat. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian is spoken in the country of Marsat, a vast empire on the Chimotan continent. It is also spoken by Marsatian emigrant communities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspiration===&lt;br /&gt;
The language of the Marsatians was inspired by several natural languages. East Asian cultures and languages were the main influence behind the creation of the Marsatians. The grammar of Marsatian is almost identical to that of Modern Korean while a lot of morphology is based on Chinese and Japanese. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure&lt;br /&gt;
Stress&lt;br /&gt;
Intonation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Stops&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;eg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /pʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;am&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;art&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /tʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;op&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;oal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;ip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;kh&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /kʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;eep&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fricatives&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;zh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/ || as in gara&#039;&#039;&#039;ge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/ || as in Greek &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;amma&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /s/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;oup&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039;arp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /x/ || as in German Ba&#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /h/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Affricates&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;eese&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;udge&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡s/ || as in ca&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/ || as in car&#039;&#039;&#039;ds&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nasals and Liquids&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039;ice&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;ose&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ŋ/ || as in si&#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /l/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039;ie&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/ || as in Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-Vowels / Glides&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; || /w/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039;est&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; || /j/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;es&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Positional Allophones====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Marsatian consonants can exhibit three different sounds based on their position. The main form, called the initial, is found at the beginning of words. The second form, the medial, is found between vowels and before voiced consonants. Lastly, the final form is found only at the end of a word of before a stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initials are pronounced as shown in the table above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most letters are pronounced like their initial forms in medial position. However, those that do not are listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Medial Pronunciation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
All stops, affricates and fricatives become stops with inaudible release at the end of the word or before a stop, fricative or africate.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;T-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t, th, d, s, z, sh, ch, zh, dh, c, dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;K-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;P-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, ph, b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the consonants are pronounced the same in the final form as they do in their initial form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian has eight vowel phonemes. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Front&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || /a/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;ther&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /e/ || as  in b&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;te&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɛ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; || /i/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;ee&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Back&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʌ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || /o/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;oa&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɯ/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /u/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
The semivowels &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; form rising diphthongs when followed by a vowel.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=4| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Y-Diphthongs&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ya&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ja/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ya&#039;&#039;&#039;rd&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /je/ || as  in &#039;&#039;&#039;yay&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;ye&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jɛ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ye&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ju/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039;&#039;th&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jo/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039;ghurt&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yeo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jʌ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039;nder&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=4| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;W-Diphthongs&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;weo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wʌ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;nder (to roam)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wo/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;ven&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /we/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wai&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wɛ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;&#039;b&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wa/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;&#039;sh&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Since Marsatian does not possess fall diphthongs, two vowels that are not listed above would be pronounced as two separate vowels in hiatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Assimilation====&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant clusters are not permitted at the onset of a syllable but they are allowed at the coda. When two syllables are joined, the first may end in a consonant cluster. However, the pronunciation of the consonants and the ones that follow (if any) are changed depending on what they are. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Assimilation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t, th, s, sh, ch, dh, zh, c, dz, z, d &#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, ph, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Double Consonants====&lt;br /&gt;
When two consonants appear in the final position, only one of them is pronounced. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Double Consonants Final Pronunciation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ch, dh&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;  || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress====&lt;br /&gt;
====Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian syllable structure can be at most /CGVC/. In this structure, G is a glide /j, w/. Any consonant except /ŋ/ may occur initially, but only /p, t, k, m, n, ŋ, l/ may occur finally. As mentioned above, two consonants may occur only between vowels. However, words can also end in double consonants, which are only both pronounced when followed by a vowel. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118910</id>
		<title>Marsatian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118910"/>
		<updated>2018-07-09T05:24:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: /* Double Consonants */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Marsatian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename=malsadheok&lt;br /&gt;
|region=West Chimota&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers=1.12 billion&lt;br /&gt;
|date=2018&lt;br /&gt;
|creator=Nate S. Lyons&lt;br /&gt;
|setting=Marsat&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor=unclassified&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian (&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Malsadheok&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; [malsadʒʌk̚]) is a Western Chimotan language spoken by about 1.12 billion people, primarily in Marsat, where it is the national and official language. The pronunciation of the standard variety of Marsatian is based on the dialect of Senda, the capital of Marsat. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian is spoken in the country of Marsat, a vast empire on the Chimotan continent. It is also spoken by Marsatian emigrant communities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspiration===&lt;br /&gt;
The language of the Marsatians was inspired by several natural languages. East Asian cultures and languages were the main influence behind the creation of the Marsatians. The grammar of Marsatian is almost identical to that of Modern Korean while a lot of morphology is based on Chinese and Japanese. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure&lt;br /&gt;
Stress&lt;br /&gt;
Intonation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Stops&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;eg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /pʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;am&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;art&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /tʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;op&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;oal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;ip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;kh&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /kʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;eep&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fricatives&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;zh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/ || as in gara&#039;&#039;&#039;ge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/ || as in Greek &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;amma&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /s/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;oup&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039;arp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /x/ || as in German Ba&#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /h/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Affricates&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;eese&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;udge&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡s/ || as in ca&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/ || as in car&#039;&#039;&#039;ds&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nasals and Liquids&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039;ice&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;ose&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ŋ/ || as in si&#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /l/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039;ie&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/ || as in Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-Vowels / Glides&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; || /w/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039;est&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; || /j/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;es&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Positional Allophones====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Marsatian consonants can exhibit three different sounds based on their position. The main form, called the initial, is found at the beginning of words. The second form, the medial, is found between vowels and before voiced consonants. Lastly, the final form is found only at the end of a word of before a stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initials are pronounced as shown in the table above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most letters are pronounced like their initial forms in medial position. However, those that do not are listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Medial Pronunciation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
All stops, affricates and fricatives become stops with inaudible release at the end of the word or before a stop, fricative or africate.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;T-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t, th, d, s, z, sh, ch, zh, dh, c, dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;K-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;P-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, ph, b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the consonants are pronounced the same in the final form as they do in their initial form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian has eight vowel phonemes. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Front&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || /a/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;ther&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /e/ || as  in b&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;te&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɛ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; || /i/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;ee&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Back&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʌ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || /o/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;oa&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɯ/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /u/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
The semivowels &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; form rising diphthongs when followed by a vowel.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=4| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Y-Diphthongs&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ya&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ja/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ya&#039;&#039;&#039;rd&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /je/ || as  in &#039;&#039;&#039;yay&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;ye&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jɛ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ye&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ju/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039;&#039;th&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jo/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039;ghurt&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yeo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jʌ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039;nder&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=4| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;W-Diphthongs&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;weo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wʌ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;nder (to roam)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wo/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;ven&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /we/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wai&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wɛ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;&#039;b&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wa/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;&#039;sh&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Since Marsatian does not possess fall diphthongs, two vowels that are not listed above would be pronounced as two separate vowels in hiatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Assimilation====&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant clusters are not permitted at the onset of a syllable but they are allowed at the coda. When two syllables are joined, the first may end in a consonant cluster. However, the pronunciation of the consonants and the ones that follow (if any) are changed depending on what they are. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Assimilation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t, th, s, sh, ch, dh, zh, c, dz, z, d &#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, ph, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Double Consonants====&lt;br /&gt;
When two consonants appear in the final position, only one of them is pronounced. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Double Consonants Final Pronunciation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ch, dh&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;  || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress====&lt;br /&gt;
====Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118905</id>
		<title>Marsatian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118905"/>
		<updated>2018-07-09T05:19:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: /* Diphthongs */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Marsatian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename=malsadheok&lt;br /&gt;
|region=West Chimota&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers=1.12 billion&lt;br /&gt;
|date=2018&lt;br /&gt;
|creator=Nate S. Lyons&lt;br /&gt;
|setting=Marsat&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor=unclassified&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian (&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Malsadheok&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; [malsadʒʌk̚]) is a Western Chimotan language spoken by about 1.12 billion people, primarily in Marsat, where it is the national and official language. The pronunciation of the standard variety of Marsatian is based on the dialect of Senda, the capital of Marsat. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian is spoken in the country of Marsat, a vast empire on the Chimotan continent. It is also spoken by Marsatian emigrant communities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspiration===&lt;br /&gt;
The language of the Marsatians was inspired by several natural languages. East Asian cultures and languages were the main influence behind the creation of the Marsatians. The grammar of Marsatian is almost identical to that of Modern Korean while a lot of morphology is based on Chinese and Japanese. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure&lt;br /&gt;
Stress&lt;br /&gt;
Intonation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Stops&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;eg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /pʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;am&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;art&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /tʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;op&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;oal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;ip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;kh&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /kʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;eep&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fricatives&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;zh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/ || as in gara&#039;&#039;&#039;ge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/ || as in Greek &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;amma&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /s/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;oup&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039;arp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /x/ || as in German Ba&#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /h/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Affricates&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;eese&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;udge&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡s/ || as in ca&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/ || as in car&#039;&#039;&#039;ds&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nasals and Liquids&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039;ice&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;ose&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ŋ/ || as in si&#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /l/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039;ie&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/ || as in Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-Vowels / Glides&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; || /w/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039;est&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; || /j/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;es&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Positional Allophones====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Marsatian consonants can exhibit three different sounds based on their position. The main form, called the initial, is found at the beginning of words. The second form, the medial, is found between vowels and before voiced consonants. Lastly, the final form is found only at the end of a word of before a stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initials are pronounced as shown in the table above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most letters are pronounced like their initial forms in medial position. However, those that do not are listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Medial Pronunciation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
All stops, affricates and fricatives become stops with inaudible release at the end of the word or before a stop, fricative or africate.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;T-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t, th, d, s, z, sh, ch, zh, dh, c, dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;K-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;P-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, ph, b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the consonants are pronounced the same in the final form as they do in their initial form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian has eight vowel phonemes. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Front&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || /a/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;ther&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /e/ || as  in b&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;te&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɛ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; || /i/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;ee&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Back&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʌ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || /o/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;oa&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɯ/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /u/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
The semivowels &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; form rising diphthongs when followed by a vowel.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=4| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Y-Diphthongs&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ya&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ja/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ya&#039;&#039;&#039;rd&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /je/ || as  in &#039;&#039;&#039;yay&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;ye&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jɛ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ye&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ju/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039;&#039;th&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jo/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039;ghurt&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; ||  &#039;&#039;&#039;yeo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jʌ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039;nder&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=4| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;W-Diphthongs&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;weo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wʌ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;nder (to roam)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wo/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;ven&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /we/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wai&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wɛ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;&#039;b&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wa/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;&#039;sh&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Since Marsatian does not possess fall diphthongs, two vowels that are not listed above would be pronounced as two separate vowels in hiatus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Assimilation====&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant clusters are not permitted at the onset of a syllable but they are allowed at the coda. When two syllables are joined, the first may end in a consonant cluster. However, the pronunciation of the consonants and the ones that follow (if any) are changed depending on what they are. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Assimilation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t, th, s, sh, ch, dh, zh, c, dz, z, d &#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, ph, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Double Consonants====&lt;br /&gt;
When two consonants appear in the final position, only one of them is pronounced. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Double Consonants Final Pronunciation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ch, dh&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;  || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress====&lt;br /&gt;
====Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118904</id>
		<title>Marsatian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118904"/>
		<updated>2018-07-09T05:18:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Marsatian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename=malsadheok&lt;br /&gt;
|region=West Chimota&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers=1.12 billion&lt;br /&gt;
|date=2018&lt;br /&gt;
|creator=Nate S. Lyons&lt;br /&gt;
|setting=Marsat&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor=unclassified&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian (&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Malsadheok&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; [malsadʒʌk̚]) is a Western Chimotan language spoken by about 1.12 billion people, primarily in Marsat, where it is the national and official language. The pronunciation of the standard variety of Marsatian is based on the dialect of Senda, the capital of Marsat. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian is spoken in the country of Marsat, a vast empire on the Chimotan continent. It is also spoken by Marsatian emigrant communities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspiration===&lt;br /&gt;
The language of the Marsatians was inspired by several natural languages. East Asian cultures and languages were the main influence behind the creation of the Marsatians. The grammar of Marsatian is almost identical to that of Modern Korean while a lot of morphology is based on Chinese and Japanese. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure&lt;br /&gt;
Stress&lt;br /&gt;
Intonation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Stops&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;eg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /pʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;am&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;art&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /tʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;op&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;oal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;ip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;kh&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /kʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;eep&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fricatives&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;zh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/ || as in gara&#039;&#039;&#039;ge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/ || as in Greek &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;amma&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /s/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;oup&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039;arp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /x/ || as in German Ba&#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /h/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Affricates&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;eese&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;udge&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡s/ || as in ca&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/ || as in car&#039;&#039;&#039;ds&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nasals and Liquids&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039;ice&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;ose&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ŋ/ || as in si&#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /l/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039;ie&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/ || as in Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-Vowels / Glides&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; || /w/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039;est&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; || /j/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;es&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Positional Allophones====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Marsatian consonants can exhibit three different sounds based on their position. The main form, called the initial, is found at the beginning of words. The second form, the medial, is found between vowels and before voiced consonants. Lastly, the final form is found only at the end of a word of before a stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initials are pronounced as shown in the table above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most letters are pronounced like their initial forms in medial position. However, those that do not are listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Medial Pronunciation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
All stops, affricates and fricatives become stops with inaudible release at the end of the word or before a stop, fricative or africate.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;T-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t, th, d, s, z, sh, ch, zh, dh, c, dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;K-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;P-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, ph, b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the consonants are pronounced the same in the final form as they do in their initial form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian has eight vowel phonemes. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Front&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || /a/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;ther&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /e/ || as  in b&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;te&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɛ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; || /i/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;ee&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Back&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʌ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || /o/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;oa&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɯ/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /u/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
The semivowels &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; form rising diphthongs when followed by a vowel.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Y-Diphthongs&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ya&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ja/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ya&#039;&#039;&#039;rd&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;yae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /je/ || as  in &#039;&#039;&#039;yay&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;ye&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jɛ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ye&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;yu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ju/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;you&#039;&#039;&#039;th&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jo/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039;ghurt&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;yeo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /jʌ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;yo&#039;&#039;&#039;nder&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;W-Diphthongs&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;weo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wʌ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;nder (to roam)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wo/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wo&#039;&#039;&#039;ven&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /we/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wai&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wɛ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;we&#039;&#039;&#039;b&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;&#039; || /wa/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;wa&#039;&#039;&#039;sh&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Since Marsatian does not possess fall diphthongs, two vowels that are not listed above would be pronounced as two separate vowels in hiatus. &lt;br /&gt;
====Assimilation====&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant clusters are not permitted at the onset of a syllable but they are allowed at the coda. When two syllables are joined, the first may end in a consonant cluster. However, the pronunciation of the consonants and the ones that follow (if any) are changed depending on what they are. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Assimilation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, kh, g, x, gh&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t, th, s, sh, ch, dh, zh, c, dz, z, d &#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, ph, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n, m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;m, ng&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Double Consonants====&lt;br /&gt;
When two consonants appear in the final position, only one of them is pronounced. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Double Consonants Final Pronunciation&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k, g&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ch, dh&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;  || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p, b&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;s, z&#039;&#039;&#039;/ &#039;&#039;&#039;l, r&#039;&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress====&lt;br /&gt;
====Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118859</id>
		<title>Marsatian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118859"/>
		<updated>2018-07-09T02:48:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Marsatian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename=malsadheok&lt;br /&gt;
|region=West Chimota&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers=1.12 billion&lt;br /&gt;
|date=2018&lt;br /&gt;
|creator=Nate S. Lyons&lt;br /&gt;
|setting=Marsat&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor=unclassified&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian (&#039;&#039;Malsadheok&#039;&#039; [malsadʒʌk̚]) is a Western Chimotan language spoken by about 1.12 billion people, primarily in Marsat, where it is the national and official language. The pronunciation of the standard variety of Marsatian is based on the dialect of Senda, the capital of Marsat. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian is spoken in the country of Marsat, a vast empire on the Chimotan continent. It is also spoken by Marsatian emigrant communities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspiration===&lt;br /&gt;
The language of the Marsatians was inspired by several natural languages. East Asian cultures and languages were the main influence behind the creation of the Marsatians. The grammar of Marsatian is almost identical to that of Modern Korean while a lot of morphology is based on Chinese and Japanese. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure&lt;br /&gt;
Stress&lt;br /&gt;
Intonation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Stops&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;eg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /pʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;am&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;art&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /tʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;op&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;oal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;ip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;kh&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /kʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;eep&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fricatives&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;zh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/ || as in gara&#039;&#039;&#039;ge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/ || as in Greek &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;amma&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /s/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;oup&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039;arp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /x/ || as in German Ba&#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /h/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Affricates&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;eese&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;udge&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡s/ || as in ca&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/ || as in car&#039;&#039;&#039;ds&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nasals and Liquids&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039;ice&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;ose&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ŋ/ || as in si&#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /l/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039;ie&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/ || as in Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-Vowels / Glides&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; || /w/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039;est&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; || /j/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;es&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Positional Allophones====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Marsatian consonants can exhibit three different sounds based on their position. The main form, called the initial, is found at the beginning of words. The second form, the medial, is found between vowels and before voiced consonants. Lastly, the final form is found only at the end of a word of before a stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initials are pronounced as shown in the table above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most letters are pronounced like their initial forms in medial position. However, those that do not are listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Medial Pronunciation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| p || /b/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| t || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| k || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| s || /z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sh || /ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| x || /ɣ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| c || /d͡z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ch || /d͡ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| l || /ɾ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
All stops, affricates and fricatives become stops with inaudible release at the end of the word or before a stop, fricative or africate.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;T-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| t, th, d, s, z, sh, ch, zh, dh, c, dz || /t̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;K-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| k, kh, g, x, gh || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;P-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| p, ph, b || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the consonants are pronounced the same in the final form as they do in their initial form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian has eight vowel phonemes. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Front&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; || /a/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;ther&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ae&#039;&#039;&#039; || /e/ || as  in b&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;te&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɛ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&#039; || /i/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;ee&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Back&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʌ/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039;&#039; || /o/ || as in b&#039;&#039;&#039;oa&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɯ/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;t&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039; || /u/ || as in f&#039;&#039;&#039;oo&#039;&#039;&#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress====&lt;br /&gt;
====Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118769</id>
		<title>Marsatian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Marsatian&amp;diff=118769"/>
		<updated>2018-07-09T00:06:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: Created page with &amp;quot;{{Infobox language |name=Marsatian |nativename=malsadheok |region=West Chimota |speakers=1.12 billion |date=2018 |creator=Nate S. Lyons |setting=Marsat |familycolor=unclassifi...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Marsatian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename=malsadheok&lt;br /&gt;
|region=West Chimota&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers=1.12 billion&lt;br /&gt;
|date=2018&lt;br /&gt;
|creator=Nate S. Lyons&lt;br /&gt;
|setting=Marsat&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor=unclassified&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian (&#039;&#039;Malsadheok&#039;&#039; [malsadʒʌk̚]) is a Western Chimotan language spoken by about 1.12 billion people, primarily in Marsat, where it is the national and official language. The pronunciation of the standard variety of Marsatian is based on the dialect of Senda, the capital of Marsat. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting===&lt;br /&gt;
Marsatian is spoken in the country of Marsat, a vast empire on the Chimotan continent. It is also spoken by Marsatian emigrant communities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Inspiration===&lt;br /&gt;
The language of the Marsatians was inspired by several natural languages. East Asian cultures and languages were the main influence behind the creation of the Marsatians. The grammar of Marsatian is almost identical to that of Modern Korean while a lot of morphology is based on Chinese and Japanese. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vowel inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Consonant inventory&lt;br /&gt;
Syllable structure&lt;br /&gt;
Stress&lt;br /&gt;
Intonation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Stops&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039; || /b/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;eg&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039; || /p/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ph&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /pʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;&#039;ort&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;am&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;art&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;th&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /tʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;op&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039; || /g/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;oal&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039; || /k/ || as in s&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;ip&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;kh&#039;&#039;&#039;|| /kʰ/|| as in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&#039;eep&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fricatives&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;zh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʒ/ || as in gara&#039;&#039;&#039;ge&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;gh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɣ/ || as in Greek &#039;&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;&#039;amma&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039; || /s/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&#039;oup&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039; || /z/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;z&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;sh&#039;&#039;&#039;arp&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&#039; || /x/ || as in German Ba&#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039; || /h/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;ero&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Affricates&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡ʃ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;ch&#039;&#039;&#039;eese&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dh&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡ʒ/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;&#039;udge&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; || /t͡s/ || as in ca&#039;&#039;&#039;ts&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;dz&#039;&#039;&#039; || /d͡z/ || as in car&#039;&#039;&#039;ds&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nasals and Liquids&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039; || /m/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&#039;ice&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039; || /n/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&#039;ose&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ŋ/ || as in si&#039;&#039;&#039;ng&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039; || /l/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039;&#039;ie&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039; || /ɾ/ || as in Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Semi-Vowels / Glides&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039; || /w/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;w&#039;&#039;&#039;est&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; || /j/ || as in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;es&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Positional Allophones====&lt;br /&gt;
Some Marsatian consonants can exhibit three different sounds based on their position. The main form, called the initial, is found at the beginning of words. The second form, the medial, is found between vowels and before voiced consonants. Lastly, the final form is found only at the end of a word of before a stop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initials are pronounced as shown in the table above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Most letters are pronounced like their initial forms in medial position. However, those that do not are listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Medial Pronunciation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| p || /b/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| t || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| k || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| s || /z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sh || /ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| x || /ɣ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| c || /d͡z/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ch || /d͡ʒ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| l || /ɾ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
All stops, affricates and fricatives become stops with inaudible release at the end of the word or before a stop, fricative or africate.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;T-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| t, th, d, s, z, sh, ch, zh, dh, c, dz || /t̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;K-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| k, kh, g, x, gh || /k̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|colspan=3| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;P-Stop&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| p, ph, b || /p̚/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rest of the consonants are pronounced the same in the final form as they do in their initial form. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress====&lt;br /&gt;
====Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Languages]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52169</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52169"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T22:16:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. It has about 66,000 people, most of whom live on the Nousuerian Islands. Other communities of Nousuerians who speak Nousuerian as a native language live in France, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. The grammar of Nousuerian is very close to that of Swedish, but most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor = Old Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor2 = Old East Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor3 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor4 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Nousuerian Island was inhabited by Norse settlers starting around the year 800. They brought with them the Old Norse language. Eventually, when the Nousuerian Islands became a region of the Swedish Kingdom, Swedish became the official language of use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 16th century, many new settlers began arrive in the islands. However, most of them were not from Sweden, but from the French region of Normandy. Also, many women from France married Swedish men before settling in the Nousuerian Islands. This is how the French language, particularly Middle French, had such a big influence on the Nousuerian language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-17th century, a distinct Nousuerian language evolved. It was the first language of most of the native population; unfortunately, it was outlawed by the ruling Swedes for use in schools, churches and official documents. For these purposes, only Swedish and French could be used. Nousuerians continued to use the language in their everyday life, however. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1850, two Nousuerian grammarians published a written standard for the language. They set a standard for the orthography of the language, based on its French roots. While this had the advantage of being etymologically clear, the actual pronunciation often differed from the written rendering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Nousuerian replaced French as the official language of the country in 1957, it was with a new orthography that was more phonetic. Despite Nousuerian being made the official language, it wasn&#039;t until the late 1990&#039;s that it became the common language of the media. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Nousuerian is spoken by 95% of residents on the Nousuerian Isles as a first language. French, while still maintaining official status in the country, is considered a foreign language and is spoken natively by about 5% of the population. It is also a required subject for students in third grade and up. All higher educational institutes instruct in French, also. &lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
Before Nousuerian became an official language in the country, it had no standardised form. It was written using French orthological rules. It wasn&#039;t until 1956, 51 years after the independence of Nousueria, when then-ruler Queen Majelys declared that a standardised form was being developed by the newly-founded Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language. This was in efforts of strengthening and maintaining national pride and retaining the cultural language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen Majelys&#039;s declaration of the completion of the Nousuerian alphabet was made on Dec. 24, 1956. The alphabet was completely integrated into society by the end of the decade and with it came rising literacy rates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Name !! IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| A a || a || /a/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| B b || be || /b/ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D d || de || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| E e || e || /e/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F f || ef || /f/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| G g || gi || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H h || ho || /h/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| I i || i || /i/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| J j || ji || /j/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| K k || ka || /k/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| L l || ele || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| M m || eme || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| N n || ene || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| O o || o || /o/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| P p || pe || /p/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| R r || ere || /r/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| S s || ese || /s/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| T t || te || /t/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| U u || u || /u/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| V v || ve || /v/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Y y || y || /y/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| È è || è || /ɛ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ò ò || ò || /ɔ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian nouns are divided into common and neuter genders. This division is most commonly expressed in the choice of the indefinite article. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common !! Neuter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; père&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; buro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a father || a desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; fisk&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; duat&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a fish || a finger&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender also determines the definite article placed at the end of a word. The form of the definite article depends on the final letter of the noun to which it is attached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common/Neuter!! Ends in Consonant !! Ends in Vowel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Neuter || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is also important for the selection of a plural ending and for the agreement of pronouns, adjectives and past participles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Èr buro&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;  Is the desk big?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ja, &#039;&#039;&#039;dèn&#039;&#039;&#039; èr gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   Yes, it is big.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Vi èr protetja&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   We are protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is only partly predictable in Nousuerian. The meaning or form of some nouns may tell us whether we are dealing with a commong or neuter noun. But, in other cases, we cannot predict gender accurately by either form or meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
About 75% of Nousuerian nouns are common in gender. This usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*most nouns denoting living beings&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns denoting seasons, festivals &amp;amp; holidays&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-ad, -are, -dom, -het, -ing, -ion&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-lek&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Common Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;en, el, et, and er&#039;&#039; drop the &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039; when the singular definitive ending is added:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet&#039;&#039; (a snake) becomes &#039;&#039;serpten&#039;&#039; (the snake)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not applicable to nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en kuarahet&#039;&#039; (a belief) become &#039;&#039;kuaraheten&#039;&#039; (the belief)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the only irregularity with common nouns in the singular. The plural has slightly different rules governing its formation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;el&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; drop their &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039;. The rest keep them, unlike in the singular definitive form. Then, &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; is added to the final consonant in the nouns or the final vowel is changed to &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; if it is not an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. If it the final letter in a common noun is &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, then the plural form ends in &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;. The plural definitive form is made by adding &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en gafel, galfen, gaflar, gaflarna&#039;&#039; (fork)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en druva, druvan, druvor, druvorna&#039;&#039; (grape)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en om, omen, omar, omarna&#039;&#039; (man)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet, serpten, serpetar, serpetarna&#039;&#039; (snake)&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
Neuter nouns usually include:&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of most inanimate things&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-em, iv, -eum&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ium&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of countries, mountains, rivers, towns and the letters of the alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
=====Neuter Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Like common nouns, neuter nouns delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before the final &#039;&#039;l, r, t or n&#039;&#039;. If the word ends in &#039;&#039;um&#039;&#039;, it is deleted after &#039;&#039;e or i&#039;&#039;. Then the singular definitive ending is added.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel&#039;&#039; (a temple) becomes &#039;&#039;temple&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et museum&#039;&#039; (a museum) becomes &#039;&#039;muse&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several things are considered when forming the plural form of neuter nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the noun ends in a consonant that is not &#039;&#039;s, n or r&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end. If the noun ends in a vowel, then an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is simply added. And this is where things can get a bit complicated. Depending on the final vowel and consonant(s), the final vowel may change quality to express plurality. Hopefully, this chart will help explain both visually and more easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n, s, -ter, -ker&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To form the plural definite in Nousuerian, several endings are considered. An &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is added to a final &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, while &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; is added to the final &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; and final vowels. With every other final consonant, &#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039; is added to the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et bregundan, begrundanet, begrundon, begrundona&#039;&#039;  (meditation)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et gras, graset, grès, grèsen&#039;&#039; (fat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et os, oset, eus, eusen&#039;&#039; (bone)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tjeut, tjeutet, tjeuter, tjeuterna&#039;&#039; (meat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et barn, barnet, barn, barna&#039;&#039; (child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel, templet, templen, templena&#039;&#039; (temple)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian adjectives inflect. In the indefinite declension they agree with the noun in gender (singular only) and in number. They also add inflexed endings in the definite declension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;dén&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || -- || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however, that if an adjective ends in an &#039;&#039;ada&#039;&#039;, then the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. Also, if an adjective ends in a vowel that is not &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, then an &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; is added before the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dèn rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uason&#039;&#039; (the red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasorna&#039;&#039; (the red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs uaso&#039;&#039; (red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasor&#039;&#039; (red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;det&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The declension of neuter adjectives is a little complicated. In the indefinite singular, first, an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; after a final &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. If the word does not already end in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then it is added. The following table shows changes to consonants before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the plural indefinite neuter, delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;l, r or n&#039;&#039;. Then add an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. Like the common, there is a change of final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; after &#039;&#039;ad&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;det bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barnet&#039;&#039; (the handsome child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barna&#039;&#039; (the handsome children)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lòn&#039;&#039;&#039;kt&#039;&#039;&#039; vi&#039;&#039; (long life)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nuvo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; templen&#039;&#039; (new temples)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
In Nousuerian there is only one form of the verb for all persons, singular and plural and in each of the various tenses of the verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian has no continuous form of the verb but, like English, employs auxiliary verbs to help form the future, perfect and pluperfect tenses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type I Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039; - can, to be able to&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type II Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
Type II verbs are not as straightforward as Types I and III. However, Type II&#039;s are fairly simple once you know the rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of Type II verbs. Type IIA consists of verbs whose stem ends in a voiced consonant, while Type IIB is made up of verbs whose stem end in a voiceless consonant or &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIA=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the present tense, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is deleted after final &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. Then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end of the word, if the verb does not already end in &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. If it does, then there is no ending added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past tense is formed by first changing the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. If there is a &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; following &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; immediately preceding the &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, then the &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supine is made by first changing the &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; at the end into a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. Any &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; immediately before a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; is deleted and &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted if it follows &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. There are some vowel changes also; &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; becomes &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;lt, rt&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;nt&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the past participles are made like the supine; except that the supine ends in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; while the past participle common, plural and definite aren&#039;t. Change &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. Then delete &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; between &#039;&#039;l,n,r&#039;&#039; and final &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;. Lastly, if necessary, change &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; to u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;ld,rd&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;nd&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;regarda&#039;&#039; - look, watch&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;regard&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIB=====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IIB verbs are the easiest of the Type II verbs to conjugate. They are generally very straightforward. The only thing you should remember is that the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; of the infinitive is deleted before adding the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-te&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-ta&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;steka&#039;&#039; - fry&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;te&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;ta&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type III Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type III verbs are those whose stem does not end in &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039; - end, finish&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type IV Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IV verbs are considered strong, in that they usually have a vowel change in the past tense. It should be noted, however, that this only applies to certain vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || (see vowel charts)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-it&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-na&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;truva&#039;&#039; - find&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Type IIB verbs, Type III verbs delete the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; before the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Vowel Charts=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PAST VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; || single &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y, u&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPINE  &amp;amp; PAST PARTICIPLE VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Present Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
All verbs add &#039;&#039;nde&#039;&#039; to end of the infinitive to form the present participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use of Supines &amp;amp; Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supine=====&lt;br /&gt;
The supine is used with &#039;&#039;har/hade&#039;&#039; to form the perfect and pluperfect tenses, respectively. No other verbs are used before the supine. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Past Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The past participles is used as an adjective and inflects. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Present Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The present participles are only rarely used in Nousuerian like the English ‘-ing’ forms, notable after the verbs &#039;&#039;veni, ala, bli&#039;&#039; and verbs of motion:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Dom venir kurande&#039;&#039;. (They come running.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, the present participle is used as an adjective, noun, adverb or preposition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivation Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian words can be derived from other languages, and even other Nousuerian words, through four main processes:&lt;br /&gt;
*Borrowing -  English &#039;computer&#039; → Nousuerian &#039;&#039;kompiutare&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounding - &#039;&#039;en lutj&#039;&#039; (lunch) + &#039;&#039;en eur&#039;&#039;(hour) → &#039;&#039;en lutjeur&#039;&#039; &#039;lunch hour&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Affixation - &#039;&#039;u-&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;kontan&#039;&#039; → &#039;&#039;ukontan&#039;&#039; &#039;unhappy&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Abbreviation - &#039;&#039;fotograf&#039; → &#039;&#039;foto&#039;&#039; &#039;photograph&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Borrowing====&lt;br /&gt;
When a language is borrowed into the Nousuerian language, it is assimilated through orthography, pronunciation and inflection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;asaseur&#039;&#039; comes from French &#039;&#039;ascenseur&#039;&#039; (elevator, lift)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;pitsa&#039;&#039; comes from Italian &#039;&#039;pizza&#039;&#039; (pizza)&lt;br /&gt;
====Compounding====&lt;br /&gt;
With compound nouns, the second noun determines the gender. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main methods to form compound nouns:&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + Nouns - &#039;&#039;en garson&#039;&#039; (boy) + &#039;&#039;en ami&#039;&#039; (friend) → &#039;&#039;en garsonami&#039;&#039; (boyfriend)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun (minus &#039;&#039;-a/e&#039;&#039;) + Noun - &#039;&#039;en meute&#039;&#039; (meeting) + &#039;&#039;et plas&#039;&#039; (room) → &#039;&#039;et meutplas&#039;&#039; (boardroom)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; + Nouns - &#039;&#039;et universitet&#039;&#039; (university) + &#039;&#039;en liv&#039;&#039; (book) → &#039;&#039;en universitetsliv (college textbook)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Affixation====&lt;br /&gt;
Affixation is carried out by adding a prefix or suffix to a stem. Prefixes do not change the word class or inflection of the stem, but suffixes do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;feure&#039;&#039; (before) + &#039;&#039;tjur&#039;&#039; (day) = &#039;&#039;feuretjur&#039;&#039; (dawn)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; (not) + &#039;&#039;kontan&#039;&#039; (happy) = &#039;&#039;ukontan&#039;&#039; (unhappy)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lira&#039;&#039; (to read)  + &#039;&#039;-are&#039;&#039; (-er) = &#039;&#039;lirare&#039;&#039; (reader)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;fretje&#039;&#039; (fresh) + &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039; (-ness) = &#039;&#039;fretjehet&#039;&#039; (freshness)&lt;br /&gt;
====Abbreviation====&lt;br /&gt;
Abbreviation involves the loss of a word or part of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;auto&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;automobil&#039;&#039; (car)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;persa&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;père&#039;&#039; (dad)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;jon&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;kamjon&#039;&#039; (truck)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;fomo&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;telefon mobil&#039;&#039; (cellphone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian syntax is very similar to English and Swedish, all being Germanic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, the word order is SVO. However, depending on the type of sentence, this can vary. &lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
Noun phrases is Nousuerian are generally head-final. Adjectives that modify a noun are placed before it. The same applies to nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovet barn&#039;&#039; - young child&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovetbarnsabi&#039;&#039; - young child&#039;s clothing&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
In main clauses, a verb-second word order is used in Nousuerian. The order in a verb phrase is usually as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
FV(finite verb) + clausal adverbial/negation + non-finite verb + object/compliment + other adverbials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finite verb is the verb that is conjugated. It indicates the tense. The non-finite verb usually is placed with the finite verb with which it goes. Non-finite forms are the infinitive, supine, and the present and past participles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clausal adverbials indicate the sense of the clause as a whole. For the most part, it is a simple adverb. Other adverbials are expressions of manner, place, time, cause, condition, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there are two or more object, the order of the objects is based on whether or not one is placed with a preposition. An object without a preposition will precede one with a preposition; but, if there is no preposition at all, then the indirect object comes first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With compound verbs, the particle is placed between the non-finite verb and the object/complement. In the passive, the agent is placed between the object/complement and the other adverbials. &lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence type===&lt;br /&gt;
There are five sentence types in Nousuerian. &lt;br /&gt;
*Statement - V2, straight word order&lt;br /&gt;
*Non-Subject - V2, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes/No Question - V1, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Other Question - V2, straight or inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Command - V1, no subject&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
With the dependent clause, there is no topic; the order is always:&lt;br /&gt;
conjuction - subject - clausal adverbial - finite verb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dependent clause always starts with a subordination conjunction or other indicator of its status as a clause and the clausal adverbial comes before the finite verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subject position in a dependent clause is also occupied and the word order is straight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes there are exceptions to the rules. This is usually when the dependent clause forms a part of the main clause, but it has a similar word order to the main clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;-clauses with a &#039;topic&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
When a non-subject comes immediately after the conjunction &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;, the finite verb and subject are inverted:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tjarl dirde, at(CONJ) hier(TOP) penste(FIN) hèn(SBJ) ala til bibliuteket.&#039;&#039; - Charles said that yesterday he was thinking of going to the library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;-clauses with FV-CA order====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the clausal adverbial has the same place as in the main clause, after the finite verb. This is unlike its usual dependent clause place before the finite verb. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tjarl dirde, at(CONJ) hèn(SBJ) penste(FV) pa(CA) parta atjudui.&#039;&#039; - Charles said that he was not thinking of leaving today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conditional Clauses with yes/no question order====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Um&#039;&#039;(if) or &#039;&#039;ifal&#039;&#039;(whether) usually introduce conditional clauses. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Um tu pa ekrir til mersa, bliver hèn ukontan.&#039;&#039; - If you don&#039;t write to Mom, she will be unhappy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes conditional clauses don&#039;t have a subordination conjunction and must rely on inverted word order to indicate condition.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ekrir tu pa til mersa, bliver hèn ukontan.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ekrir tu pa til mersa?&#039;&#039; (Yes/No question)&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
===Phrases===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Koman stòr tu?&#039;&#039; - How are you?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Snèla&#039;&#039; - Please&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tak&#039;&#039; - Thank You&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak emar dei&#039;&#039; - I love you. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Din mère èr tre bel&#039;&#039; - Your mother is very beautiful.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Al vi til bibliuteket!&#039;&#039; - Let&#039;s go to the library!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak esper at tu paser bon tan.&#039;&#039; - I hope that you have a good time.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52144</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52144"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T20:11:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. It has about 66,000 people, most of whom live on the Nousuerian Islands. Other communities of Nousuerians who speak Nousuerian as a native language live in France, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. The grammar of Nousuerian is very close to that of Swedish, but most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor = Old Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor2 = Old East Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor3 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor4 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Nousuerian Island was inhabited by Norse settlers starting around the year 800. They brought with them the Old Norse language. Eventually, when the Nousuerian Islands became a region of the Swedish Kingdom, Swedish became the official language of use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 16th century, many new settlers began arrive in the islands. However, most of them were not from Sweden, but from the French region of Normandy. Also, many women from France married Swedish men before settling in the Nousuerian Islands. This is how the French language, particularly Middle French, had such a big influence on the Nousuerian language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-17th century, a distinct Nousuerian language evolved. It was the first language of most of the native population; unfortunately, it was outlawed by the ruling Swedes for use in schools, churches and official documents. For these purposes, only Swedish and French could be used. Nousuerians continued to use the language in their everyday life, however. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1850, two Nousuerian grammarians published a written standard for the language. They set a standard for the orthography of the language, based on its French roots. While this had the advantage of being etymologically clear, the actual pronunciation often differed from the written rendering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Nousuerian replaced French as the official language of the country in 1957, it was with a new orthography that was more phonetic. Despite Nousuerian being made the official language, it wasn&#039;t until the late 1990&#039;s that it became the common language of the media. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Nousuerian is spoken by 95% of residents on the Nousuerian Isles as a first language. French, while still maintaining official status in the country, is considered a foreign language and is spoken natively by about 5% of the population. It is also a required subject for students in third grade and up. All higher educational institutes instruct in French, also. &lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
Before Nousuerian became an official language in the country, it had no standardised form. It was written using French orthological rules. It wasn&#039;t until 1956, 51 years after the independence of Nousueria, when then-ruler Queen Majelys declared that a standardised form was being developed by the newly-founded Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language. This was in efforts of strengthening and maintaining national pride and retaining the cultural language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen Majelys&#039;s declaration of the completion of the Nousuerian alphabet was made on Dec. 24, 1956. The alphabet was completely integrated into society by the end of the decade and with it came rising literacy rates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Name !! IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| A a || a || /a/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| B b || be || /b/ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D d || de || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| E e || e || /e/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F f || ef || /f/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| G g || gi || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H h || ho || /h/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| I i || i || /i/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| J j || ji || /j/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| K k || ka || /k/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| L l || ele || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| M m || eme || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| N n || ene || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| O o || o || /o/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| P p || pe || /p/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| R r || ere || /r/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| S s || ese || /s/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| T t || te || /t/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| U u || u || /u/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| V v || ve || /v/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Y y || y || /y/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| È è || è || /ɛ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ò ò || ò || /ɔ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian nouns are divided into common and neuter genders. This division is most commonly expressed in the choice of the indefinite article. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common !! Neuter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; père&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; buro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a father || a desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; fisk&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; duat&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a fish || a finger&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender also determines the definite article placed at the end of a word. The form of the definite article depends on the final letter of the noun to which it is attached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common/Neuter!! Ends in Consonant !! Ends in Vowel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Neuter || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is also important for the selection of a plural ending and for the agreement of pronouns, adjectives and past participles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Èr buro&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;  Is the desk big?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ja, &#039;&#039;&#039;dèn&#039;&#039;&#039; èr gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   Yes, it is big.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Vi èr protetja&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   We are protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is only partly predictable in Nousuerian. The meaning or form of some nouns may tell us whether we are dealing with a commong or neuter noun. But, in other cases, we cannot predict gender accurately by either form or meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
About 75% of Nousuerian nouns are common in gender. This usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*most nouns denoting living beings&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns denoting seasons, festivals &amp;amp; holidays&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-ad, -are, -dom, -het, -ing, -ion&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-lek&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Common Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;en, el, et, and er&#039;&#039; drop the &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039; when the singular definitive ending is added:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet&#039;&#039; (a snake) becomes &#039;&#039;serpten&#039;&#039; (the snake)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not applicable to nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en kuarahet&#039;&#039; (a belief) become &#039;&#039;kuaraheten&#039;&#039; (the belief)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the only irregularity with common nouns in the singular. The plural has slightly different rules governing its formation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;el&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; drop their &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039;. The rest keep them, unlike in the singular definitive form. Then, &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; is added to the final consonant in the nouns or the final vowel is changed to &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; if it is not an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. If it the final letter in a common noun is &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, then the plural form ends in &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;. The plural definitive form is made by adding &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en gafel, galfen, gaflar, gaflarna&#039;&#039; (fork)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en druva, druvan, druvor, druvorna&#039;&#039; (grape)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en om, omen, omar, omarna&#039;&#039; (man)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet, serpten, serpetar, serpetarna&#039;&#039; (snake)&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
Neuter nouns usually include:&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of most inanimate things&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-em, iv, -eum&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ium&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of countries, mountains, rivers, towns and the letters of the alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
=====Neuter Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Like common nouns, neuter nouns delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before the final &#039;&#039;l, r, t or n&#039;&#039;. If the word ends in &#039;&#039;um&#039;&#039;, it is deleted after &#039;&#039;e or i&#039;&#039;. Then the singular definitive ending is added.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel&#039;&#039; (a temple) becomes &#039;&#039;temple&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et museum&#039;&#039; (a museum) becomes &#039;&#039;muse&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several things are considered when forming the plural form of neuter nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the noun ends in a consonant that is not &#039;&#039;s, n or r&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end. If the noun ends in a vowel, then an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is simply added. And this is where things can get a bit complicated. Depending on the final vowel and consonant(s), the final vowel may change quality to express plurality. Hopefully, this chart will help explain both visually and more easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n, s, -ter, -ker&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To form the plural definite in Nousuerian, several endings are considered. An &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is added to a final &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, while &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; is added to the final &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; and final vowels. With every other final consonant, &#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039; is added to the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et bregundan, begrundanet, begrundon, begrundona&#039;&#039;  (meditation)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et gras, graset, grès, grèsen&#039;&#039; (fat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et os, oset, eus, eusen&#039;&#039; (bone)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tjeut, tjeutet, tjeuter, tjeuterna&#039;&#039; (meat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et barn, barnet, barn, barna&#039;&#039; (child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel, templet, templen, templena&#039;&#039; (temple)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian adjectives inflect. In the indefinite declension they agree with the noun in gender (singular only) and in number. They also add inflexed endings in the definite declension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;dén&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || -- || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however, that if an adjective ends in an &#039;&#039;ada&#039;&#039;, then the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. Also, if an adjective ends in a vowel that is not &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, then an &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; is added before the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dèn rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uason&#039;&#039; (the red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasorna&#039;&#039; (the red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs uaso&#039;&#039; (red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasor&#039;&#039; (red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;det&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The declension of neuter adjectives is a little complicated. In the indefinite singular, first, an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; after a final &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. If the word does not already end in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then it is added. The following table shows changes to consonants before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the plural indefinite neuter, delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;l, r or n&#039;&#039;. Then add an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. Like the common, there is a change of final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; after &#039;&#039;ad&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;det bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barnet&#039;&#039; (the handsome child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barna&#039;&#039; (the handsome children)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lòn&#039;&#039;&#039;kt&#039;&#039;&#039; vi&#039;&#039; (long life)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nuvo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; templen&#039;&#039; (new temples)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
In Nousuerian there is only one form of the verb for all persons, singular and plural and in each of the various tenses of the verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian has no continuous form of the verb but, like English, employs auxiliary verbs to help form the future, perfect and pluperfect tenses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type I Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039; - can, to be able to&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type II Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
Type II verbs are not as straightforward as Types I and III. However, Type II&#039;s are fairly simple once you know the rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of Type II verbs. Type IIA consists of verbs whose stem ends in a voiced consonant, while Type IIB is made up of verbs whose stem end in a voiceless consonant or &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIA=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the present tense, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is deleted after final &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. Then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end of the word, if the verb does not already end in &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. If it does, then there is no ending added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past tense is formed by first changing the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. If there is a &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; following &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; immediately preceding the &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, then the &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supine is made by first changing the &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; at the end into a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. Any &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; immediately before a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; is deleted and &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted if it follows &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. There are some vowel changes also; &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; becomes &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;lt, rt&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;nt&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the past participles are made like the supine; except that the supine ends in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; while the past participle common, plural and definite aren&#039;t. Change &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. Then delete &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; between &#039;&#039;l,n,r&#039;&#039; and final &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;. Lastly, if necessary, change &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; to u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;ld,rd&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;nd&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;regarda&#039;&#039; - look, watch&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;regard&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIB=====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IIB verbs are the easiest of the Type II verbs to conjugate. They are generally very straightforward. The only thing you should remember is that the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; of the infinitive is deleted before adding the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-te&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-ta&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;steka&#039;&#039; - fry&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;te&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;ta&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type III Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type III verbs are those whose stem does not end in &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039; - end, finish&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type IV Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IV verbs are considered strong, in that they usually have a vowel change in the past tense. It should be noted, however, that this only applies to certain vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || (see vowel charts)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-it&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-na&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;truva&#039;&#039; - find&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Type IIB verbs, Type III verbs delete the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; before the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Vowel Charts=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PAST VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; || single &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y, u&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPINE  &amp;amp; PAST PARTICIPLE VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Present Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
All verbs add &#039;&#039;nde&#039;&#039; to end of the infinitive to form the present participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use of Supines &amp;amp; Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supine=====&lt;br /&gt;
The supine is used with &#039;&#039;har/hade&#039;&#039; to form the perfect and pluperfect tenses, respectively. No other verbs are used before the supine. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Past Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The past participles is used as an adjective and inflects. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Present Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The present participles are only rarely used in Nousuerian like the English ‘-ing’ forms, notable after the verbs &#039;&#039;veni, ala, bli&#039;&#039; and verbs of motion:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Dom venir kurande&#039;&#039;. (They come running.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, the present participle is used as an adjective, noun, adverb or preposition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivation Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian words can be derived from other languages, and even other Nousuerian words, through four main processes:&lt;br /&gt;
*Borrowing -  English &#039;computer&#039; → Nousuerian &#039;&#039;kompiutare&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounding - &#039;&#039;en lutj&#039;&#039; (lunch) + &#039;&#039;en eur&#039;&#039;(hour) → &#039;lunch hour&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Affixation - &#039;&#039;u-&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;kontan&#039;&#039; → &#039;unhappy&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Abbreviation - &#039;&#039;fotograf&#039; → &#039;foto&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Borrowing====&lt;br /&gt;
When a language is borrowed into the Nousuerian language, it is assimilated through orthography, pronunciation and inflection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;asaseur&#039;&#039; comes from French &#039;&#039;ascenseur&#039;&#039; (elevator, lift)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;pitsa&#039;&#039; comes from Italian &#039;&#039;pizza&#039;&#039; (pizza)&lt;br /&gt;
====Compounding====&lt;br /&gt;
With compound nouns, the second noun determines the gender. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main methods to form compound nouns:&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + Nouns - &#039;&#039;en garson&#039;&#039; (boy) + &#039;&#039;en ami&#039;&#039; (friend) → &#039;&#039;en garsonami&#039;&#039; (boyfriend)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun (minus &#039;&#039;-a/e&#039;&#039;) + Noun - &#039;&#039;en meute&#039;&#039; (meeting) + &#039;&#039;et plas&#039;&#039; (room) → &#039;&#039;et meutplas&#039;&#039; (boardroom)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; + Nouns - &#039;&#039;et universitet&#039;&#039; (university) + &#039;&#039;en liv&#039;&#039; (book) → &#039;&#039;en universitetsliv (college textbook)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Affixation====&lt;br /&gt;
Affixation is carried out by adding a prefix or suffix to a stem. Prefixes do not change the word class or inflection of the stem, but suffixes do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;feure&#039;&#039; (before) + &#039;&#039;tjur&#039;&#039; (day) = &#039;&#039;feuretjur&#039;&#039; (dawn)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; (not) + &#039;&#039;kontan&#039;&#039; (happy) = &#039;&#039;ukontan&#039;&#039; (unhappy)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lira&#039;&#039; (to read)  + &#039;&#039;-are&#039;&#039; (-er) = &#039;&#039;lirare&#039;&#039; (reader)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;fretje&#039;&#039; (fresh) + &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039; (-ness) = &#039;&#039;fretjehet&#039;&#039; (freshness)&lt;br /&gt;
====Abbreviation====&lt;br /&gt;
Abbreviation involves the loss of a word or part of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;auto&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;automobil&#039;&#039; (car)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;persa&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;père&#039;&#039; (dad)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;jon&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;kamjon&#039;&#039; (truck)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;fomo&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;telefon mobil&#039;&#039; (cellphone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian syntax is very similar to English and Swedish, all being Germanic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, the word order is SVO. However, depending on the type of sentence, this can vary. &lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
Noun phrases is Nousuerian are generally head-final. Adjectives that modify a noun are placed before it. The same applies to nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovet barn&#039;&#039; - young child&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovetbarnsabi&#039;&#039; - young child&#039;s clothing&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
In main clauses, a verb-second word order is used in Nousuerian. The order in a verb phrase is usually as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
FV(finite verb) + clausal adverbial/negation + non-finite verb + object/compliment + other adverbials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finite verb is the verb that is conjugated. It indicates the tense. The non-finite verb usually is placed with the finite verb with which it goes. Non-finite forms are the infinitive, supine, and the present and past participles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clausal adverbials indicate the sense of the clause as a whole. For the most part, it is a simple adverb. Other adverbials are expressions of manner, place, time, cause, condition, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there are two or more object, the order of the objects is based on whether or not one is placed with a preposition. An object without a preposition will precede one with a preposition; but, if there is no preposition at all, then the indirect object comes first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With compound verbs, the particle is placed between the non-finite verb and the object/complement. In the passive, the agent is placed between the object/complement and the other adverbials. &lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence type===&lt;br /&gt;
There are five sentence types in Nousuerian. &lt;br /&gt;
*Statement - V2, straight word order&lt;br /&gt;
*Non-Subject - V2, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes/No Question - V1, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Other Question - V2, straight or inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Command - V1, no subject&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
With the dependent clause, there is no topic; the order is always:&lt;br /&gt;
conjuction - subject - clausal adverbial - finite verb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dependent clause always starts with a subordination conjunction or other indicator of its status as a clause and the clausal adverbial comes before the finite verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subject position in a dependent clause is also occupied and the word order is straight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes there are exceptions to the rules. This is usually when the dependent clause forms a part of the main clause, but it has a similar word order to the main clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;-clauses with a &#039;topic&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
When a non-subject comes immediately after the conjunction &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;, the finite verb and subject are inverted:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tjarl dirde, at(CONJ) hier(TOP) penste(FIN) hèn(SBJ) ala til bibliuteket.&#039;&#039; - Charles said that yesterday he was thinking of going to the library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;-clauses with FV-CA order====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the clausal adverbial has the same place as in the main clause, after the finite verb. This is unlike its usual dependent clause place before the finite verb. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tjarl dirde, at(CONJ) hèn(SBJ) penste(FV) pa(CA) parta atjudui.&#039;&#039; - Charles said that he was not thinking of leaving today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conditional Clauses with yes/no question order====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Um&#039;&#039;(if) or &#039;&#039;ifal&#039;&#039;(whether) usually introduce conditional clauses. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Um tu pa ekrir til mersa, bliver hèn ukontan.&#039;&#039; - If you don&#039;t write to Mom, she will be unhappy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes conditional clauses don&#039;t have a subordination conjunction and must rely on inverted word order to indicate condition.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ekrir tu pa til mersa, bliver hèn ukontan.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ekrir tu pa til mersa?&#039;&#039; (Yes/No question)&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
===Phrases===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Koman stòr tu?&#039;&#039; - How are you?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Snèla&#039;&#039; - Please&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tak&#039;&#039; - Thank You&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak emar dei&#039;&#039; - I love you. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Din mère èr tre bel&#039;&#039; - Your mother is very beautiful.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Al vi til bibliuteket!&#039;&#039; - Let&#039;s go to the library!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak esper at tu paser bon tan.&#039;&#039; - I hope that you have a good time.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52143</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52143"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T20:09:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Ambox&lt;br /&gt;
| name  = construction&lt;br /&gt;
| subst = &amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{subst:substcheck}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| small = {{{small|no}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| type  = notice&lt;br /&gt;
| image = [[File:cutting.png|65px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sect  = {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| issue = is a &#039;&#039;&#039;construction site&#039;&#039;&#039;. This project is currently undergoing significant construction and/or revamp. By all means, take a look around. However, I kindly request that nothing is changed on this page without my prior knowledge. Please and thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
| talk  = {{{talk|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| date  = {{{date|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. It has about 66,000 people, most of whom live on the Nousuerian Islands. Other communities of Nousuerians who speak Nousuerian as a native language live in France, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. The grammar of Nousuerian is very close to that of Swedish, but most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor = Old Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor2 = Old East Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor3 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor4 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Nousuerian Island was inhabited by Norse settlers starting around the year 800. They brought with them the Old Norse language. Eventually, when the Nousuerian Islands became a region of the Swedish Kingdom, Swedish became the official language of use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 16th century, many new settlers began arrive in the islands. However, most of them were not from Sweden, but from the French region of Normandy. Also, many women from France married Swedish men before settling in the Nousuerian Islands. This is how the French language, particularly Middle French, had such a big influence on the Nousuerian language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-17th century, a distinct Nousuerian language evolved. It was the first language of most of the native population; unfortunately, it was outlawed by the ruling Swedes for use in schools, churches and official documents. For these purposes, only Swedish and French could be used. Nousuerians continued to use the language in their everyday life, however. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1850, two Nousuerian grammarians published a written standard for the language. They set a standard for the orthography of the language, based on its French roots. While this had the advantage of being etymologically clear, the actual pronunciation often differed from the written rendering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Nousuerian replaced French as the official language of the country in 1957, it was with a new orthography that was more phonetic. Despite Nousuerian being made the official language, it wasn&#039;t until the late 1990&#039;s that it became the common language of the media. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Nousuerian is spoken by 95% of residents on the Nousuerian Isles as a first language. French, while still maintaining official status in the country, is considered a foreign language and is spoken natively by about 5% of the population. It is also a required subject for students in third grade and up. All higher educational institutes instruct in French, also. &lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
Before Nousuerian became an official language in the country, it had no standardised form. It was written using French orthological rules. It wasn&#039;t until 1956, 51 years after the independence of Nousueria, when then-ruler Queen Majelys declared that a standardised form was being developed by the newly-founded Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language. This was in efforts of strengthening and maintaining national pride and retaining the cultural language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen Majelys&#039;s declaration of the completion of the Nousuerian alphabet was made on Dec. 24, 1956. The alphabet was completely integrated into society by the end of the decade and with it came rising literacy rates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Name !! IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| A a || a || /a/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| B b || be || /b/ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D d || de || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| E e || e || /e/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F f || ef || /f/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| G g || gi || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H h || ho || /h/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| I i || i || /i/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| J j || ji || /j/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| K k || ka || /k/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| L l || ele || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| M m || eme || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| N n || ene || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| O o || o || /o/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| P p || pe || /p/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| R r || ere || /r/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| S s || ese || /s/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| T t || te || /t/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| U u || u || /u/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| V v || ve || /v/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Y y || y || /y/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| È è || è || /ɛ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ò ò || ò || /ɔ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian nouns are divided into common and neuter genders. This division is most commonly expressed in the choice of the indefinite article. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common !! Neuter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; père&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; buro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a father || a desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; fisk&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; duat&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a fish || a finger&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender also determines the definite article placed at the end of a word. The form of the definite article depends on the final letter of the noun to which it is attached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common/Neuter!! Ends in Consonant !! Ends in Vowel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Neuter || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is also important for the selection of a plural ending and for the agreement of pronouns, adjectives and past participles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Èr buro&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;  Is the desk big?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ja, &#039;&#039;&#039;dèn&#039;&#039;&#039; èr gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   Yes, it is big.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Vi èr protetja&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   We are protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is only partly predictable in Nousuerian. The meaning or form of some nouns may tell us whether we are dealing with a commong or neuter noun. But, in other cases, we cannot predict gender accurately by either form or meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
About 75% of Nousuerian nouns are common in gender. This usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*most nouns denoting living beings&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns denoting seasons, festivals &amp;amp; holidays&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-ad, -are, -dom, -het, -ing, -ion&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-lek&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Common Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;en, el, et, and er&#039;&#039; drop the &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039; when the singular definitive ending is added:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet&#039;&#039; (a snake) becomes &#039;&#039;serpten&#039;&#039; (the snake)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not applicable to nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en kuarahet&#039;&#039; (a belief) become &#039;&#039;kuaraheten&#039;&#039; (the belief)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the only irregularity with common nouns in the singular. The plural has slightly different rules governing its formation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;el&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; drop their &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039;. The rest keep them, unlike in the singular definitive form. Then, &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; is added to the final consonant in the nouns or the final vowel is changed to &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; if it is not an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. If it the final letter in a common noun is &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, then the plural form ends in &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;. The plural definitive form is made by adding &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en gafel, galfen, gaflar, gaflarna&#039;&#039; (fork)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en druva, druvan, druvor, druvorna&#039;&#039; (grape)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en om, omen, omar, omarna&#039;&#039; (man)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet, serpten, serpetar, serpetarna&#039;&#039; (snake)&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
Neuter nouns usually include:&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of most inanimate things&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-em, iv, -eum&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ium&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of countries, mountains, rivers, towns and the letters of the alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
=====Neuter Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Like common nouns, neuter nouns delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before the final &#039;&#039;l, r, t or n&#039;&#039;. If the word ends in &#039;&#039;um&#039;&#039;, it is deleted after &#039;&#039;e or i&#039;&#039;. Then the singular definitive ending is added.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel&#039;&#039; (a temple) becomes &#039;&#039;temple&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et museum&#039;&#039; (a museum) becomes &#039;&#039;muse&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several things are considered when forming the plural form of neuter nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the noun ends in a consonant that is not &#039;&#039;s, n or r&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end. If the noun ends in a vowel, then an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is simply added. And this is where things can get a bit complicated. Depending on the final vowel and consonant(s), the final vowel may change quality to express plurality. Hopefully, this chart will help explain both visually and more easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n, s, -ter, -ker&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To form the plural definite in Nousuerian, several endings are considered. An &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is added to a final &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, while &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; is added to the final &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; and final vowels. With every other final consonant, &#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039; is added to the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et bregundan, begrundanet, begrundon, begrundona&#039;&#039;  (meditation)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et gras, graset, grès, grèsen&#039;&#039; (fat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et os, oset, eus, eusen&#039;&#039; (bone)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tjeut, tjeutet, tjeuter, tjeuterna&#039;&#039; (meat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et barn, barnet, barn, barna&#039;&#039; (child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel, templet, templen, templena&#039;&#039; (temple)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian adjectives inflect. In the indefinite declension they agree with the noun in gender (singular only) and in number. They also add inflexed endings in the definite declension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;dén&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || -- || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however, that if an adjective ends in an &#039;&#039;ada&#039;&#039;, then the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. Also, if an adjective ends in a vowel that is not &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, then an &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; is added before the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dèn rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uason&#039;&#039; (the red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasorna&#039;&#039; (the red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs uaso&#039;&#039; (red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasor&#039;&#039; (red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;det&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The declension of neuter adjectives is a little complicated. In the indefinite singular, first, an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; after a final &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. If the word does not already end in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then it is added. The following table shows changes to consonants before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the plural indefinite neuter, delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;l, r or n&#039;&#039;. Then add an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. Like the common, there is a change of final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; after &#039;&#039;ad&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;det bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barnet&#039;&#039; (the handsome child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barna&#039;&#039; (the handsome children)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lòn&#039;&#039;&#039;kt&#039;&#039;&#039; vi&#039;&#039; (long life)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nuvo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; templen&#039;&#039; (new temples)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
In Nousuerian there is only one form of the verb for all persons, singular and plural and in each of the various tenses of the verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian has no continuous form of the verb but, like English, employs auxiliary verbs to help form the future, perfect and pluperfect tenses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type I Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039; - can, to be able to&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type II Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
Type II verbs are not as straightforward as Types I and III. However, Type II&#039;s are fairly simple once you know the rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of Type II verbs. Type IIA consists of verbs whose stem ends in a voiced consonant, while Type IIB is made up of verbs whose stem end in a voiceless consonant or &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIA=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the present tense, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is deleted after final &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. Then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end of the word, if the verb does not already end in &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. If it does, then there is no ending added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past tense is formed by first changing the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. If there is a &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; following &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; immediately preceding the &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, then the &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supine is made by first changing the &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; at the end into a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. Any &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; immediately before a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; is deleted and &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted if it follows &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. There are some vowel changes also; &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; becomes &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;lt, rt&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;nt&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the past participles are made like the supine; except that the supine ends in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; while the past participle common, plural and definite aren&#039;t. Change &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. Then delete &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; between &#039;&#039;l,n,r&#039;&#039; and final &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;. Lastly, if necessary, change &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; to u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;ld,rd&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;nd&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;regarda&#039;&#039; - look, watch&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;regard&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIB=====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IIB verbs are the easiest of the Type II verbs to conjugate. They are generally very straightforward. The only thing you should remember is that the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; of the infinitive is deleted before adding the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-te&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-ta&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;steka&#039;&#039; - fry&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;te&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;ta&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type III Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type III verbs are those whose stem does not end in &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039; - end, finish&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type IV Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IV verbs are considered strong, in that they usually have a vowel change in the past tense. It should be noted, however, that this only applies to certain vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || (see vowel charts)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-it&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-na&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;truva&#039;&#039; - find&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Type IIB verbs, Type III verbs delete the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; before the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Vowel Charts=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PAST VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; || single &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y, u&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPINE  &amp;amp; PAST PARTICIPLE VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Present Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
All verbs add &#039;&#039;nde&#039;&#039; to end of the infinitive to form the present participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use of Supines &amp;amp; Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supine=====&lt;br /&gt;
The supine is used with &#039;&#039;har/hade&#039;&#039; to form the perfect and pluperfect tenses, respectively. No other verbs are used before the supine. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Past Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The past participles is used as an adjective and inflects. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Present Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The present participles are only rarely used in Nousuerian like the English ‘-ing’ forms, notable after the verbs &#039;&#039;veni, ala, bli&#039;&#039; and verbs of motion:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Dom venir kurande&#039;&#039;. (They come running.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, the present participle is used as an adjective, noun, adverb or preposition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivation Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian words can be derived from other languages, and even other Nousuerian words, through four main processes:&lt;br /&gt;
*Borrowing -  English &#039;computer&#039; → Nousuerian &#039;&#039;kompiutare&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounding - &#039;&#039;en lutj&#039;&#039; (lunch) + &#039;&#039;en eur&#039;&#039;(hour) → &#039;lunch hour&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Affixation - &#039;&#039;u-&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;kontan&#039;&#039; → &#039;unhappy&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Abbreviation - &#039;&#039;fotograf&#039; → &#039;foto&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Borrowing====&lt;br /&gt;
When a language is borrowed into the Nousuerian language, it is assimilated through orthography, pronunciation and inflection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;asaseur&#039;&#039; comes from French &#039;&#039;ascenseur&#039;&#039; (elevator, lift)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;pitsa&#039;&#039; comes from Italian &#039;&#039;pizza&#039;&#039; (pizza)&lt;br /&gt;
====Compounding====&lt;br /&gt;
With compound nouns, the second noun determines the gender. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main methods to form compound nouns:&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + Nouns - &#039;&#039;en garson&#039;&#039; (boy) + &#039;&#039;en ami&#039;&#039; (friend) → &#039;&#039;en garsonami&#039;&#039; (boyfriend)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun (minus &#039;&#039;-a/e&#039;&#039;) + Noun - &#039;&#039;en meute&#039;&#039; (meeting) + &#039;&#039;et plas&#039;&#039; (room) → &#039;&#039;et meutplas&#039;&#039; (boardroom)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; + Nouns - &#039;&#039;et universitet&#039;&#039; (university) + &#039;&#039;en liv&#039;&#039; (book) → &#039;&#039;en universitetsliv (college textbook)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Affixation====&lt;br /&gt;
Affixation is carried out by adding a prefix or suffix to a stem. Prefixes do not change the word class or inflection of the stem, but suffixes do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;feure&#039;&#039; (before) + &#039;&#039;tjur&#039;&#039; (day) = &#039;&#039;feuretjur&#039;&#039; (dawn)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; (not) + &#039;&#039;kontan&#039;&#039; (happy) = &#039;&#039;ukontan&#039;&#039; (unhappy)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lira&#039;&#039; (to read)  + &#039;&#039;-are&#039;&#039; (-er) = &#039;&#039;lirare&#039;&#039; (reader)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;fretje&#039;&#039; (fresh) + &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039; (-ness) = &#039;&#039;fretjehet&#039;&#039; (freshness)&lt;br /&gt;
====Abbreviation====&lt;br /&gt;
Abbreviation involves the loss of a word or part of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;auto&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;automobil&#039;&#039; (car)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;persa&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;père&#039;&#039; (dad)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;jon&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;kamjon&#039;&#039; (truck)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;fomo&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;telefon mobil&#039;&#039; (cellphone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian syntax is very similar to English and Swedish, all being Germanic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, the word order is SVO. However, depending on the type of sentence, this can vary. &lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
Noun phrases is Nousuerian are generally head-final. Adjectives that modify a noun are placed before it. The same applies to nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovet barn&#039;&#039; - young child&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovetbarnsabi&#039;&#039; - young child&#039;s clothing&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
In main clauses, a verb-second word order is used in Nousuerian. The order in a verb phrase is usually as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
FV(finite verb) + clausal adverbial/negation + non-finite verb + object/compliment + other adverbials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finite verb is the verb that is conjugated. It indicates the tense. The non-finite verb usually is placed with the finite verb with which it goes. Non-finite forms are the infinitive, supine, and the present and past participles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clausal adverbials indicate the sense of the clause as a whole. For the most part, it is a simple adverb. Other adverbials are expressions of manner, place, time, cause, condition, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there are two or more object, the order of the objects is based on whether or not one is placed with a preposition. An object without a preposition will precede one with a preposition; but, if there is no preposition at all, then the indirect object comes first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With compound verbs, the particle is placed between the non-finite verb and the object/complement. In the passive, the agent is placed between the object/complement and the other adverbials. &lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence type===&lt;br /&gt;
There are five sentence types in Nousuerian. &lt;br /&gt;
*Statement - V2, straight word order&lt;br /&gt;
*Non-Subject - V2, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes/No Question - V1, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Other Question - V2, straight or inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Command - V1, no subject&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
With the dependent clause, there is no topic; the order is always:&lt;br /&gt;
conjuction - subject - clausal adverbial - finite verb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dependent clause always starts with a subordination conjunction or other indicator of its status as a clause and the clausal adverbial comes before the finite verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subject position in a dependent clause is also occupied and the word order is straight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes there are exceptions to the rules. This is usually when the dependent clause forms a part of the main clause, but it has a similar word order to the main clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;-clauses with a &#039;topic&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
When a non-subject comes immediately after the conjunction &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;, the finite verb and subject are inverted:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tjarl dirde, at(CONJ) hier(TOP) penste(FIN) hèn(SBJ) ala til bibliuteket.&#039;&#039; - Charles said that yesterday he was thinking of going to the library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;-clauses with FV-CA order====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the clausal adverbial has the same place as in the main clause, after the finite verb. This is unlike its usual dependent clause place before the finite verb. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tjarl dirde, at(CONJ) hèn(SBJ) penste(FV) pa(CA) parta atjudui.&#039;&#039; - Charles said that he was not thinking of leaving today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conditional Clauses with yes/no question order====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Um&#039;&#039;(if) or &#039;&#039;ifal&#039;&#039;(whether) usually introduce conditional clauses. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Um tu pa ekrir til mersa, bliver hèn ukontan.&#039;&#039; - If you don&#039;t write to Mom, she will be unhappy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes conditional clauses don&#039;t have a subordination conjunction and must rely on inverted word order to indicate condition.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ekrir tu pa til mersa, bliver hèn ukontan.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ekrir tu pa til mersa?&#039;&#039; (Yes/No question)&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
===Phrases===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Koman stòr tu?&#039;&#039; - How are you?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Snèla&#039;&#039; - Please&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tak&#039;&#039; - Thank You&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak emar dei&#039;&#039; - I love you. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Din mère èr tre bel&#039;&#039; - Your mother is very beautiful.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Al vi til bibliuteket!&#039;&#039; - Let&#039;s go to the library!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak esper at tu paser bon tan.&#039;&#039; - I hope that you have a good time.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52128</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52128"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T18:31:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Ambox&lt;br /&gt;
| name  = construction&lt;br /&gt;
| subst = &amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{subst:substcheck}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| small = {{{small|no}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| type  = notice&lt;br /&gt;
| image = [[File:cutting.png|65px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sect  = {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| issue = is a &#039;&#039;&#039;construction site&#039;&#039;&#039;. This project is currently undergoing significant construction and/or revamp. By all means, take a look around. However, I kindly request that nothing is changed on this page without my prior knowledge. Please and thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
| talk  = {{{talk|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| date  = {{{date|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. It has about 66,000 people, most of whom live on the Nousuerian Islands. Other communities of Nousuerians who speak Nousuerian as a native language live in France, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. The grammar of Nousuerian is very close to that of Swedish, but most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor = Old Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor2 = Old East Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor3 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor4 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Nousuerian Island was inhabited by Norse settlers starting around the year 800. They brought with them the Old Norse language. Eventually, when the Nousuerian Islands became a region of the Swedish Kingdom, Swedish became the official language of use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 16th century, many new settlers began arrive in the islands. However, most of them were not from Sweden, but from the French region of Normandy. Also, many women from France married Swedish men before settling in the Nousuerian Islands. This is how the French language, particularly Middle French, had such a big influence on the Nousuerian language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-17th century, a distinct Nousuerian language evolved. It was the first language of most of the native population; unfortunately, it was outlawed by the ruling Swedes for use in schools, churches and official documents. For these purposes, only Swedish and French could be used. Nousuerians continued to use the language in their everyday life, however. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1850, two Nousuerian grammarians published a written standard for the language. They set a standard for the orthography of the language, based on its French roots. While this had the advantage of being etymologically clear, the actual pronunciation often differed from the written rendering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Nousuerian replaced French as the official language of the country in 1957, it was with a new orthography that was more phonetic. Despite Nousuerian being made the official language, it wasn&#039;t until the late 1990&#039;s that it became the common language of the media. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Nousuerian is spoken by 95% of residents on the Nousuerian Isles as a first language. French, while still maintaining official status in the country, is considered a foreign language and is spoken natively by about 5% of the population. It is also a required subject for students in third grade and up. All higher educational institutes instruct in French, also. &lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
Before Nousuerian became an official language in the country, it had no standardised form. It was written using French orthological rules. It wasn&#039;t until 1956, 51 years after the independence of Nousueria, when then-ruler Queen Majelys declared that a standardised form was being developed by the newly-founded Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language. This was in efforts of strengthening and maintaining national pride and retaining the cultural language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen Majelys&#039;s declaration of the completion of the Nousuerian alphabet was made on Dec. 24, 1956. The alphabet was completely integrated into society by the end of the decade and with it came rising literacy rates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Name !! IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| A a || a || /a/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| B b || be || /b/ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D d || de || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| E e || e || /e/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F f || ef || /f/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| G g || gi || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H h || ho || /h/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| I i || i || /i/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| J j || ji || /j/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| K k || ka || /k/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| L l || ele || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| M m || eme || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| N n || ene || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| O o || o || /o/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| P p || pe || /p/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| R r || ere || /r/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| S s || ese || /s/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| T t || te || /t/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| U u || u || /u/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| V v || ve || /v/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Y y || y || /y/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| È è || è || /ɛ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ò ò || ò || /ɔ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian nouns are divided into common and neuter genders. This division is most commonly expressed in the choice of the indefinite article. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common !! Neuter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; père&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; buro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a father || a desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; fisk&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; duat&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a fish || a finger&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender also determines the definite article placed at the end of a word. The form of the definite article depends on the final letter of the noun to which it is attached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common/Neuter!! Ends in Consonant !! Ends in Vowel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Neuter || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is also important for the selection of a plural ending and for the agreement of pronouns, adjectives and past participles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Èr buro&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;  Is the desk big?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ja, &#039;&#039;&#039;dèn&#039;&#039;&#039; èr gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   Yes, it is big.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Vi èr protetja&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   We are protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is only partly predictable in Nousuerian. The meaning or form of some nouns may tell us whether we are dealing with a commong or neuter noun. But, in other cases, we cannot predict gender accurately by either form or meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
About 75% of Nousuerian nouns are common in gender. This usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*most nouns denoting living beings&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns denoting seasons, festivals &amp;amp; holidays&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-ad, -are, -dom, -het, -ing, -ion&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-lek&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Common Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;en, el, et, and er&#039;&#039; drop the &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039; when the singular definitive ending is added:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet&#039;&#039; (a snake) becomes &#039;&#039;serpten&#039;&#039; (the snake)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not applicable to nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en kuarahet&#039;&#039; (a belief) become &#039;&#039;kuaraheten&#039;&#039; (the belief)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the only irregularity with common nouns in the singular. The plural has slightly different rules governing its formation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;el&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; drop their &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039;. The rest keep them, unlike in the singular definitive form. Then, &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; is added to the final consonant in the nouns or the final vowel is changed to &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; if it is not an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. If it the final letter in a common noun is &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, then the plural form ends in &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;. The plural definitive form is made by adding &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en gafel, galfen, gaflar, gaflarna&#039;&#039; (fork)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en druva, druvan, druvor, druvorna&#039;&#039; (grape)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en om, omen, omar, omarna&#039;&#039; (man)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet, serpten, serpetar, serpetarna&#039;&#039; (snake)&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
Neuter nouns usually include:&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of most inanimate things&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-em, iv, -eum&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ium&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of countries, mountains, rivers, towns and the letters of the alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
=====Neuter Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Like common nouns, neuter nouns delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before the final &#039;&#039;l, r, t or n&#039;&#039;. If the word ends in &#039;&#039;um&#039;&#039;, it is deleted after &#039;&#039;e or i&#039;&#039;. Then the singular definitive ending is added.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel&#039;&#039; (a temple) becomes &#039;&#039;temple&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et museum&#039;&#039; (a museum) becomes &#039;&#039;muse&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several things are considered when forming the plural form of neuter nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the noun ends in a consonant that is not &#039;&#039;s, n or r&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end. If the noun ends in a vowel, then an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is simply added. And this is where things can get a bit complicated. Depending on the final vowel and consonant(s), the final vowel may change quality to express plurality. Hopefully, this chart will help explain both visually and more easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n, s, -ter, -ker&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To form the plural definite in Nousuerian, several endings are considered. An &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is added to a final &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, while &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; is added to the final &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; and final vowels. With every other final consonant, &#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039; is added to the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et bregundan, begrundanet, begrundon, begrundona&#039;&#039;  (meditation)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et gras, graset, grès, grèsen&#039;&#039; (fat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et os, oset, eus, eusen&#039;&#039; (bone)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tjeut, tjeutet, tjeuter, tjeuterna&#039;&#039; (meat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et barn, barnet, barn, barna&#039;&#039; (child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel, templet, templen, templena&#039;&#039; (temple)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian adjectives inflect. In the indefinite declension they agree with the noun in gender (singular only) and in number. They also add inflexed endings in the definite declension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;dén&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || -- || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however, that if an adjective ends in an &#039;&#039;ada&#039;&#039;, then the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. Also, if an adjective ends in a vowel that is not &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, then an &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; is added before the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dèn rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uason&#039;&#039; (the red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasorna&#039;&#039; (the red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs uaso&#039;&#039; (red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasor&#039;&#039; (red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;det&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The declension of neuter adjectives is a little complicated. In the indefinite singular, first, an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; after a final &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. If the word does not already end in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then it is added. The following table shows changes to consonants before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the plural indefinite neuter, delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;l, r or n&#039;&#039;. Then add an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. Like the common, there is a change of final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; after &#039;&#039;ad&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;det bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barnet&#039;&#039; (the handsome child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barna&#039;&#039; (the handsome children)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lòn&#039;&#039;&#039;kt&#039;&#039;&#039; vi&#039;&#039; (long life)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nuvo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; templen&#039;&#039; (new temples)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
In Nousuerian there is only one form of the verb for all persons, singular and plural and in each of the various tenses of the verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian has no continuous form of the verb but, like English, employs auxiliary verbs to help form the future, perfect and pluperfect tenses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type I Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039; - can, to be able to&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type II Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
Type II verbs are not as straightforward as Types I and III. However, Type II&#039;s are fairly simple once you know the rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of Type II verbs. Type IIA consists of verbs whose stem ends in a voiced consonant, while Type IIB is made up of verbs whose stem end in a voiceless consonant or &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIA=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the present tense, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is deleted after final &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. Then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end of the word, if the verb does not already end in &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. If it does, then there is no ending added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past tense is formed by first changing the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. If there is a &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; following &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; immediately preceding the &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, then the &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supine is made by first changing the &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; at the end into a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. Any &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; immediately before a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; is deleted and &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted if it follows &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. There are some vowel changes also; &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; becomes &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;lt, rt&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;nt&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the past participles are made like the supine; except that the supine ends in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; while the past participle common, plural and definite aren&#039;t. Change &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. Then delete &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; between &#039;&#039;l,n,r&#039;&#039; and final &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;. Lastly, if necessary, change &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; to u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;ld,rd&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;nd&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;regarda&#039;&#039; - look, watch&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;regard&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIB=====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IIB verbs are the easiest of the Type II verbs to conjugate. They are generally very straightforward. The only thing you should remember is that the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; of the infinitive is deleted before adding the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-te&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-ta&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;steka&#039;&#039; - fry&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;te&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;ta&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type III Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type III verbs are those whose stem does not end in &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039; - end, finish&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type IV Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IV verbs are considered strong, in that they usually have a vowel change in the past tense. It should be noted, however, that this only applies to certain vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || (see vowel charts)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-it&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-na&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;truva&#039;&#039; - find&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Type IIB verbs, Type III verbs delete the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; before the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Vowel Charts=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PAST VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; || single &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y, u&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPINE  &amp;amp; PAST PARTICIPLE VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Present Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
All verbs add &#039;&#039;nde&#039;&#039; to end of the infinitive to form the present participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use of Supines &amp;amp; Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supine=====&lt;br /&gt;
The supine is used with &#039;&#039;har/hade&#039;&#039; to form the perfect and pluperfect tenses, respectively. No other verbs are used before the supine. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Past Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The past participles is used as an adjective and inflects. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Present Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The present participles are only rarely used in Nousuerian like the English ‘-ing’ forms, notable after the verbs &#039;&#039;veni, ala, bli&#039;&#039; and verbs of motion:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Dom venir kurande&#039;&#039;. (They come running.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, the present participle is used as an adjective, noun, adverb or preposition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivation Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian words can be derived from other languages, and even other Nousuerian words, through four main processes:&lt;br /&gt;
*Borrowing -  English &#039;computer&#039; → Nousuerian &#039;&#039;kompiutare&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounding - &#039;&#039;en lutj&#039;&#039; (lunch) + &#039;&#039;en eur&#039;&#039;(hour) → &#039;lunch hour&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Affixation - &#039;&#039;u-&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;kontan&#039;&#039; → &#039;unhappy&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Abbreviation - &#039;&#039;fotograf&#039; → &#039;foto&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Borrowing====&lt;br /&gt;
When a language is borrowed into the Nousuerian language, it is assimilated through orthography, pronunciation and inflection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Compounding====&lt;br /&gt;
With compound nouns, the second noun determines the gender. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main methods to form compound nouns:&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + Nouns - &#039;&#039;en garson&#039;&#039; (boy) + &#039;&#039;en ami&#039;&#039; (friend) → &#039;&#039;en garsonami&#039;&#039; (boyfriend)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun (minus &#039;&#039;-a/e&#039;&#039;) + Noun - &#039;&#039;en meute&#039;&#039; (meeting) + &#039;&#039;et plas&#039;&#039; (room) → &#039;&#039;et meutplas&#039;&#039; (boardroom)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; + Nouns - &#039;&#039;et universitet&#039;&#039; (university) + &#039;&#039;en liv&#039;&#039; (book) → &#039;&#039;en universitetsliv (college textbook)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Affixation====&lt;br /&gt;
Affixation is carried out by adding a prefix or suffix to a stem. Prefixes do not change the word class or inflection of the stem, but suffixes do. &lt;br /&gt;
====Abbreviation====&lt;br /&gt;
Abbreviation involves the loss of a word or part of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;auto&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;automobil&#039;&#039; (car)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;persa&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;père&#039;&#039; (dad)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;jon&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;kamjon&#039;&#039; (truck)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;fomo&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;telefon mobil&#039;&#039; (cellphone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian syntax is very similar to English and Swedish, all being Germanic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, the word order is SVO. However, depending on the type of sentence, this can vary. &lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
Noun phrases is Nousuerian are generally head-final. Adjectives that modify a noun are placed before it. The same applies to nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovet barn&#039;&#039; - young child&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovetbarnsabi&#039;&#039; - young child&#039;s clothing&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
In main clauses, a verb-second word order is used in Nousuerian. The order in a verb phrase is usually as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
FV(finite verb) + clausal adverbial/negation + non-finite verb + object/compliment + other adverbials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finite verb is the verb that is conjugated. It indicates the tense. The non-finite verb usually is placed with the finite verb with which it goes. Non-finite forms are the infinitive, supine, and the present and past participles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clausal adverbials indicate the sense of the clause as a whole. For the most part, it is a simple adverb. Other adverbials are expressions of manner, place, time, cause, condition, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there are two or more object, the order of the objects is based on whether or not one is placed with a preposition. An object without a preposition will precede one with a preposition; but, if there is no preposition at all, then the indirect object comes first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With compound verbs, the particle is placed between the non-finite verb and the object/complement. In the passive, the agent is placed between the object/complement and the other adverbials. &lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence type===&lt;br /&gt;
There are five sentence types in Nousuerian. &lt;br /&gt;
*Statement - V2, straight word order&lt;br /&gt;
*Non-Subject - V2, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes/No Question - V1, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Other Question - V2, straight or inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Command - V1, no subject&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
With the dependent clause, there is no topic; the order is always:&lt;br /&gt;
conjuction - subject - clausal adverbial - finite verb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dependent clause always starts with a subordination conjunction or other indicator of its status as a clause and the clausal adverbial comes before the finite verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subject position in a dependent clause is also occupied and the word order is straight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes there are exceptions to the rules. This is usually when the dependent clause forms a part of the main clause, but it has a similar word order to the main clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;-clauses with a &#039;topic&#039;====&lt;br /&gt;
When a non-subject comes immediately after the conjunction &#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;, the finite verb and subject are inverted:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tjarl dirde, at(CONJ) hier(TOP) penste(FIN) hèn(SBJ) ala til bibliuteket.&#039;&#039; - Charles said that yesterday he was thinking of going to the library.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====&#039;&#039;at&#039;&#039;-clauses with FV-CA order====&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes, the clausal adverbial has the same place as in the main clause, after the finite verb. This is unlike its usual dependent clause place before the finite verb. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tjarl dirde, at(CONJ) hèn(SBJ) penste(FV) pa(CA) parta atjudui.&#039;&#039; - Charles said that he was not thinking of leaving today. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Conditional Clauses with yes/no question order====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Um&#039;&#039;(if) or &#039;&#039;ifal&#039;&#039;(whether) usually introduce conditional clauses. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Um tu pa ekrir til mersa, bliver hèn ukontan.&#039;&#039; - If you don&#039;t write to Mom, she will be unhappy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes conditional clauses don&#039;t have a subordination conjunction and must rely on inverted word order to indicate condition.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ekrir tu pa til mersa, bliver hèn ukontan.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ekrir tu pa til mersa?&#039;&#039; (Yes/No question)&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
===Phrases===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Koman stòr tu?&#039;&#039; - How are you?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Snèla&#039;&#039; - Please&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tak&#039;&#039; - Thank You&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak emar dei&#039;&#039; - I love you. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Din mère èr tre bel&#039;&#039; - Your mother is very beautiful.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Al vi til bibliuteket!&#039;&#039; - Let&#039;s go to the library!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak esper at tu paser bon tan.&#039;&#039; - I hope that you have a good time.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52121</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52121"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T18:06:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Ambox&lt;br /&gt;
| name  = construction&lt;br /&gt;
| subst = &amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{subst:substcheck}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| small = {{{small|no}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| type  = notice&lt;br /&gt;
| image = [[File:cutting.png|65px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sect  = {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| issue = is a &#039;&#039;&#039;construction site&#039;&#039;&#039;. This project is currently undergoing significant construction and/or revamp. By all means, take a look around. However, I kindly request that nothing is changed on this page without my prior knowledge. Please and thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
| talk  = {{{talk|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| date  = {{{date|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. It has about 66,000 people, most of whom live on the Nousuerian Islands. Other communities of Nousuerians who speak Nousuerian as a native language live in France, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. The grammar of Nousuerian is very close to that of Swedish, but most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor = Old Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor2 = Old East Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor3 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor4 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
The Nousuerian Island was inhabited by Norse settlers starting around the year 800. They brought with them the Old Norse language. Eventually, when the Nousuerian Islands became a region of the Swedish Kingdom, Swedish became the official language of use. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 16th century, many new settlers began arrive in the islands. However, most of them were not from Sweden, but from the French region of Normandy. Also, many women from France married Swedish men before settling in the Nousuerian Islands. This is how the French language, particularly Middle French, had such a big influence on the Nousuerian language.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the mid-17th century, a distinct Nousuerian language evolved. It was the first language of most of the native population; unfortunately, it was outlawed by the ruling Swedes for use in schools, churches and official documents. For these purposes, only Swedish and French could be used. Nousuerians continued to use the language in their everyday life, however. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1850, two Nousuerian grammarians published a written standard for the language. They set a standard for the orthography of the language, based on its French roots. While this had the advantage of being etymologically clear, the actual pronunciation often differed from the written rendering. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Nousuerian replaced French as the official language of the country in 1957, it was with a new orthography that was more phonetic. Despite Nousuerian being made the official language, it wasn&#039;t until the late 1990&#039;s that it became the common language of the media. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Today, Nousuerian is spoken by 95% of residents on the Nousuerian Isles as a first language. French, while still maintaining official status in the country, is considered a foreign language and is spoken natively by about 5% of the population. It is also a required subject for students in third grade and up. All higher educational institutes instruct in French, also. &lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
Before Nousuerian became an official language in the country, it had no standardised form. It was written using French orthological rules. It wasn&#039;t until 1956, 51 years after the independence of Nousueria, when then-ruler Queen Majelys declared that a standardised form was being developed by the newly-founded Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language. This was in efforts of strengthening and maintaining national pride and retaining the cultural language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen Majelys&#039;s declaration of the completion of the Nousuerian alphabet was made on Dec. 24, 1956. The alphabet was completely integrated into society by the end of the decade and with it came rising literacy rates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Name !! IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| A a || a || /a/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| B b || be || /b/ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D d || de || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| E e || e || /e/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F f || ef || /f/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| G g || gi || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H h || ho || /h/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| I i || i || /i/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| J j || ji || /j/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| K k || ka || /k/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| L l || ele || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| M m || eme || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| N n || ene || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| O o || o || /o/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| P p || pe || /p/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| R r || ere || /r/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| S s || ese || /s/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| T t || te || /t/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| U u || u || /u/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| V v || ve || /v/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Y y || y || /y/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| È è || è || /ɛ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ò ò || ò || /ɔ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian nouns are divided into common and neuter genders. This division is most commonly expressed in the choice of the indefinite article. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common !! Neuter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; père&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; buro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a father || a desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; fisk&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; duat&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a fish || a finger&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender also determines the definite article placed at the end of a word. The form of the definite article depends on the final letter of the noun to which it is attached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common/Neuter!! Ends in Consonant !! Ends in Vowel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Neuter || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is also important for the selection of a plural ending and for the agreement of pronouns, adjectives and past participles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Èr buro&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;  Is the desk big?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ja, &#039;&#039;&#039;dèn&#039;&#039;&#039; èr gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   Yes, it is big.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Vi èr protetja&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   We are protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is only partly predictable in Nousuerian. The meaning or form of some nouns may tell us whether we are dealing with a commong or neuter noun. But, in other cases, we cannot predict gender accurately by either form or meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
About 75% of Nousuerian nouns are common in gender. This usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*most nouns denoting living beings&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns denoting seasons, festivals &amp;amp; holidays&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-ad, -are, -dom, -het, -ing, -ion&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-lek&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Common Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;en, el, et, and er&#039;&#039; drop the &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039; when the singular definitive ending is added:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet&#039;&#039; (a snake) becomes &#039;&#039;serpten&#039;&#039; (the snake)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not applicable to nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en kuarahet&#039;&#039; (a belief) become &#039;&#039;kuaraheten&#039;&#039; (the belief)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the only irregularity with common nouns in the singular. The plural has slightly different rules governing its formation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;el&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; drop their &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039;. The rest keep them, unlike in the singular definitive form. Then, &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; is added to the final consonant in the nouns or the final vowel is changed to &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; if it is not an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. If it the final letter in a common noun is &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, then the plural form ends in &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;. The plural definitive form is made by adding &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en gafel, galfen, gaflar, gaflarna&#039;&#039; (fork)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en druva, druvan, druvor, druvorna&#039;&#039; (grape)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en om, omen, omar, omarna&#039;&#039; (man)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet, serpten, serpetar, serpetarna&#039;&#039; (snake)&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
Neuter nouns usually include:&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of most inanimate things&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-em, iv, -eum&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ium&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of countries, mountains, rivers, towns and the letters of the alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
=====Neuter Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Like common nouns, neuter nouns delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before the final &#039;&#039;l, r, t or n&#039;&#039;. If the word ends in &#039;&#039;um&#039;&#039;, it is deleted after &#039;&#039;e or i&#039;&#039;. Then the singular definitive ending is added.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel&#039;&#039; (a temple) becomes &#039;&#039;temple&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et museum&#039;&#039; (a museum) becomes &#039;&#039;muse&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several things are considered when forming the plural form of neuter nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the noun ends in a consonant that is not &#039;&#039;s, n or r&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end. If the noun ends in a vowel, then an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is simply added. And this is where things can get a bit complicated. Depending on the final vowel and consonant(s), the final vowel may change quality to express plurality. Hopefully, this chart will help explain both visually and more easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n, s, -ter, -ker&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To form the plural definite in Nousuerian, several endings are considered. An &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is added to a final &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, while &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; is added to the final &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; and final vowels. With every other final consonant, &#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039; is added to the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et bregundan, begrundanet, begrundon, begrundona&#039;&#039;  (meditation)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et gras, graset, grès, grèsen&#039;&#039; (fat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et os, oset, eus, eusen&#039;&#039; (bone)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tjeut, tjeutet, tjeuter, tjeuterna&#039;&#039; (meat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et barn, barnet, barn, barna&#039;&#039; (child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel, templet, templen, templena&#039;&#039; (temple)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian adjectives inflect. In the indefinite declension they agree with the noun in gender (singular only) and in number. They also add inflexed endings in the definite declension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;dén&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || -- || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however, that if an adjective ends in an &#039;&#039;ada&#039;&#039;, then the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. Also, if an adjective ends in a vowel that is not &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, then an &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; is added before the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dèn rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uason&#039;&#039; (the red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasorna&#039;&#039; (the red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs uaso&#039;&#039; (red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasor&#039;&#039; (red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;det&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The declension of neuter adjectives is a little complicated. In the indefinite singular, first, an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; after a final &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. If the word does not already end in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then it is added. The following table shows changes to consonants before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the plural indefinite neuter, delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;l, r or n&#039;&#039;. Then add an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. Like the common, there is a change of final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; after &#039;&#039;ad&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;det bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barnet&#039;&#039; (the handsome child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barna&#039;&#039; (the handsome children)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lòn&#039;&#039;&#039;kt&#039;&#039;&#039; vi&#039;&#039; (long life)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nuvo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; templen&#039;&#039; (new temples)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
In Nousuerian there is only one form of the verb for all persons, singular and plural and in each of the various tenses of the verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian has no continuous form of the verb but, like English, employs auxiliary verbs to help form the future, perfect and pluperfect tenses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type I Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039; - can, to be able to&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type II Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
Type II verbs are not as straightforward as Types I and III. However, Type II&#039;s are fairly simple once you know the rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of Type II verbs. Type IIA consists of verbs whose stem ends in a voiced consonant, while Type IIB is made up of verbs whose stem end in a voiceless consonant or &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIA=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the present tense, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is deleted after final &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. Then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end of the word, if the verb does not already end in &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. If it does, then there is no ending added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past tense is formed by first changing the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. If there is a &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; following &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; immediately preceding the &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, then the &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supine is made by first changing the &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; at the end into a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. Any &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; immediately before a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; is deleted and &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted if it follows &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. There are some vowel changes also; &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; becomes &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;lt, rt&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;nt&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the past participles are made like the supine; except that the supine ends in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; while the past participle common, plural and definite aren&#039;t. Change &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. Then delete &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; between &#039;&#039;l,n,r&#039;&#039; and final &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;. Lastly, if necessary, change &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; to u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;ld,rd&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;nd&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;regarda&#039;&#039; - look, watch&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;regard&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIB=====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IIB verbs are the easiest of the Type II verbs to conjugate. They are generally very straightforward. The only thing you should remember is that the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; of the infinitive is deleted before adding the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-te&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-ta&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;steka&#039;&#039; - fry&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;te&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;ta&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type III Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type III verbs are those whose stem does not end in &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039; - end, finish&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type IV Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IV verbs are considered strong, in that they usually have a vowel change in the past tense. It should be noted, however, that this only applies to certain vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || (see vowel charts)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-it&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-na&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;truva&#039;&#039; - find&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Type IIB verbs, Type III verbs delete the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; before the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Vowel Charts=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PAST VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; || single &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y, u&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPINE  &amp;amp; PAST PARTICIPLE VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Present Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
All verbs add &#039;&#039;nde&#039;&#039; to end of the infinitive to form the present participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use of Supines &amp;amp; Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supine=====&lt;br /&gt;
The supine is used with &#039;&#039;har/hade&#039;&#039; to form the perfect and pluperfect tenses, respectively. No other verbs are used before the supine. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Past Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The past participles is used as an adjective and inflects. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Present Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The present participles are only rarely used in Nousuerian like the English ‘-ing’ forms, notable after the verbs &#039;&#039;veni, ala, bli&#039;&#039; and verbs of motion:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Dom venir kurande&#039;&#039;. (They come running.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, the present participle is used as an adjective, noun, adverb or preposition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivation Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian words can be derived from other languages, and even other Nousuerian words, through four main processes:&lt;br /&gt;
*Borrowing -  English &#039;computer&#039; → Nousuerian &#039;&#039;kompiutare&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounding - &#039;&#039;en lutj&#039;&#039; (lunch) + &#039;&#039;en eur&#039;&#039;(hour) → &#039;lunch hour&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Affixation - &#039;&#039;u-&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;kontan&#039;&#039; → &#039;unhappy&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Abbreviation - &#039;&#039;fotograf&#039; → &#039;foto&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Borrowing====&lt;br /&gt;
When a language is borrowed into the Nousuerian language, it is assimilated through orthography, pronunciation and inflection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Compounding====&lt;br /&gt;
With compound nouns, the second noun determines the gender. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main methods to form compound nouns:&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + Nouns - &#039;&#039;en garson&#039;&#039; (boy) + &#039;&#039;en ami&#039;&#039; (friend) → &#039;&#039;en garsonami&#039;&#039; (boyfriend)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun (minus &#039;&#039;-a/e&#039;&#039;) + Noun - &#039;&#039;en meute&#039;&#039; (meeting) + &#039;&#039;et plas&#039;&#039; (room) → &#039;&#039;et meutplas&#039;&#039; (boardroom)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; + Nouns - &#039;&#039;et universitet&#039;&#039; (university) + &#039;&#039;en liv&#039;&#039; (book) → &#039;&#039;en universitetsliv (college textbook)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Affixation====&lt;br /&gt;
Affixation is carried out by adding a prefix or suffix to a stem. Prefixes do not change the word class or inflection of the stem, but suffixes do. &lt;br /&gt;
====Abbreviation====&lt;br /&gt;
Abbreviation involves the loss of a word or part of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;auto&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;automobil&#039;&#039; (car)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;persa&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;père&#039;&#039; (dad)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;jon&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;kamjon&#039;&#039; (truck)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;fomo&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;telefon mobil&#039;&#039; (cellphone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian syntax is very similar to English and Swedish, all being Germanic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, the word order is SVO. However, depending on the type of sentence, this can vary. &lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
Noun phrases is Nousuerian are generally head-final. Adjectives that modify a noun are placed before it. The same applies to nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovet barn&#039;&#039; - young child&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovetbarnsabi&#039;&#039; - young child&#039;s clothing&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
In main clauses, a verb-second word order is used in Nousuerian. The order in a verb phrase is usually as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
FV(finite verb) + clausal adverbial/negation + non-finite verb + object/compliment + other adverbials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finite verb is the verb that is conjugated. It indicates the tense. The non-finite verb usually is placed with the finite verb with which it goes. Non-finite forms are the infinitive, supine, and the present and past participles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clausal adverbials indicate the sense of the clause as a whole. For the most part, it is a simple adverb. Other adverbials are expressions of manner, place, time, cause, condition, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there are two or more object, the order of the objects is based on whether or not one is placed with a preposition. An object without a preposition will precede one with a preposition; but, if there is no preposition at all, then the indirect object comes first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With compound verbs, the particle is placed between the non-finite verb and the object/complement. In the passive, the agent is placed between the object/complement and the other adverbials. &lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence type===&lt;br /&gt;
There are five sentence types in Nousuerian. &lt;br /&gt;
*Statement - V2, straight word order&lt;br /&gt;
*Non-Subject - V2, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes/No Question - V1, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Other Question - V2, straight or inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Command - V1, no subject&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
With the dependent clause, there is no topic; the order is always:&lt;br /&gt;
conjuction - subject - clausal adverbial - finite verb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dependent clause always starts with a subordination conjunction or other indicator of its status as a clause. &lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
===Phrases===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Koman stòr tu?&#039;&#039; - How are you?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Snèla&#039;&#039; - Please&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tak&#039;&#039; - Thank You&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak emar dei&#039;&#039; - I love you. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Din mère èr tre bel&#039;&#039; - Your mother is very beautiful.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Al vi til bibliuteket!&#039;&#039; - Let&#039;s go to the library!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak esper at tu paser bon tan.&#039;&#039; - I hope that you have a good time.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52065</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52065"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T09:12:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Ambox&lt;br /&gt;
| name  = construction&lt;br /&gt;
| subst = &amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{subst:substcheck}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| small = {{{small|no}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| type  = notice&lt;br /&gt;
| image = [[File:cutting.png|65px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sect  = {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| issue = is a &#039;&#039;&#039;construction site&#039;&#039;&#039;. This project is currently undergoing significant construction and/or revamp. By all means, take a look around. However, I kindly request that nothing is changed on this page without my prior knowledge. Please and thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
| talk  = {{{talk|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| date  = {{{date|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. Most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor = Old Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor2 = Old East Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor3 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor4 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
Before Nousuerian became an official language in the country, it had no standardised form. It was written using French orthological rules. It wasn&#039;t until 1956, 51 years after the independence of Nousueria, when then-ruler Queen Majelys declared that a standardised form was being developed by the newly-founded Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language. This was in efforts of strengthening and maintaining national pride and retaining the cultural language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen Majelys&#039;s declaration of the completion of the Nousuerian alphabet was made on Dec. 24, 1956. The alphabet was completely integrated into society by the end of the decade and with it came rising literacy rates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Name !! IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| A a || a || /a/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| B b || be || /b/ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D d || de || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| E e || e || /e/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F f || ef || /f/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| G g || gi || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H h || ho || /h/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| I i || i || /i/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| J j || ji || /j/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| K k || ka || /k/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| L l || ele || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| M m || eme || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| N n || ene || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| O o || o || /o/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| P p || pe || /p/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| R r || ere || /r/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| S s || ese || /s/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| T t || te || /t/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| U u || u || /u/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| V v || ve || /v/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Y y || y || /y/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| È è || è || /ɛ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ò ò || ò || /ɔ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian nouns are divided into common and neuter genders. This division is most commonly expressed in the choice of the indefinite article. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common !! Neuter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; père&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; buro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a father || a desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; fisk&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; duat&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a fish || a finger&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender also determines the definite article placed at the end of a word. The form of the definite article depends on the final letter of the noun to which it is attached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common/Neuter!! Ends in Consonant !! Ends in Vowel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Neuter || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is also important for the selection of a plural ending and for the agreement of pronouns, adjectives and past participles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Èr buro&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;  Is the desk big?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ja, &#039;&#039;&#039;dèn&#039;&#039;&#039; èr gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   Yes, it is big.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Vi èr protetja&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   We are protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is only partly predictable in Nousuerian. The meaning or form of some nouns may tell us whether we are dealing with a commong or neuter noun. But, in other cases, we cannot predict gender accurately by either form or meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
About 75% of Nousuerian nouns are common in gender. This usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*most nouns denoting living beings&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns denoting seasons, festivals &amp;amp; holidays&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-ad, -are, -dom, -het, -ing, -ion&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-lek&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Common Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;en, el, et, and er&#039;&#039; drop the &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039; when the singular definitive ending is added:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet&#039;&#039; (a snake) becomes &#039;&#039;serpten&#039;&#039; (the snake)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not applicable to nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en kuarahet&#039;&#039; (a belief) become &#039;&#039;kuaraheten&#039;&#039; (the belief)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the only irregularity with common nouns in the singular. The plural has slightly different rules governing its formation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;el&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; drop their &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039;. The rest keep them, unlike in the singular definitive form. Then, &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; is added to the final consonant in the nouns or the final vowel is changed to &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; if it is not an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. If it the final letter in a common noun is &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, then the plural form ends in &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;. The plural definitive form is made by adding &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en gafel, galfen, gaflar, gaflarna&#039;&#039; (fork)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en druva, druvan, druvor, druvorna&#039;&#039; (grape)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en om, omen, omar, omarna&#039;&#039; (man)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet, serpten, serpetar, serpetarna&#039;&#039; (snake)&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
Neuter nouns usually include:&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of most inanimate things&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-em, iv, -eum&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ium&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of countries, mountains, rivers, towns and the letters of the alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
=====Neuter Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Like common nouns, neuter nouns delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before the final &#039;&#039;l, r, t or n&#039;&#039;. If the word ends in &#039;&#039;um&#039;&#039;, it is deleted after &#039;&#039;e or i&#039;&#039;. Then the singular definitive ending is added.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel&#039;&#039; (a temple) becomes &#039;&#039;temple&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et museum&#039;&#039; (a museum) becomes &#039;&#039;muse&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several things are considered when forming the plural form of neuter nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the noun ends in a consonant that is not &#039;&#039;s, n or r&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end. If the noun ends in a vowel, then an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is simply added. And this is where things can get a bit complicated. Depending on the final vowel and consonant(s), the final vowel may change quality to express plurality. Hopefully, this chart will help explain both visually and more easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n, s, -ter, -ker&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To form the plural definite in Nousuerian, several endings are considered. An &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is added to a final &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, while &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; is added to the final &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; and final vowels. With every other final consonant, &#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039; is added to the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et bregundan, begrundanet, begrundon, begrundona&#039;&#039;  (meditation)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et gras, graset, grès, grèsen&#039;&#039; (fat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et os, oset, eus, eusen&#039;&#039; (bone)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tjeut, tjeutet, tjeuter, tjeuterna&#039;&#039; (meat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et barn, barnet, barn, barna&#039;&#039; (child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel, templet, templen, templena&#039;&#039; (temple)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian adjectives inflect. In the indefinite declension they agree with the noun in gender (singular only) and in number. They also add inflexed endings in the definite declension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;dén&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || -- || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however, that if an adjective ends in an &#039;&#039;ada&#039;&#039;, then the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. Also, if an adjective ends in a vowel that is not &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, then an &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; is added before the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dèn rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uason&#039;&#039; (the red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasorna&#039;&#039; (the red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs uaso&#039;&#039; (red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasor&#039;&#039; (red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;det&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The declension of neuter adjectives is a little complicated. In the indefinite singular, first, an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; after a final &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. If the word does not already end in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then it is added. The following table shows changes to consonants before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the plural indefinite neuter, delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;l, r or n&#039;&#039;. Then add an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. Like the common, there is a change of final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; after &#039;&#039;ad&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;det bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barnet&#039;&#039; (the handsome child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barna&#039;&#039; (the handsome children)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lòn&#039;&#039;&#039;kt&#039;&#039;&#039; vi&#039;&#039; (long life)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nuvo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; templen&#039;&#039; (new temples)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
In Nousuerian there is only one form of the verb for all persons, singular and plural and in each of the various tenses of the verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian has no continuous form of the verb but, like English, employs auxiliary verbs to help form the future, perfect and pluperfect tenses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type I Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039; - can, to be able to&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type II Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
Type II verbs are not as straightforward as Types I and III. However, Type II&#039;s are fairly simple once you know the rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of Type II verbs. Type IIA consists of verbs whose stem ends in a voiced consonant, while Type IIB is made up of verbs whose stem end in a voiceless consonant or &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIA=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the present tense, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is deleted after final &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. Then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end of the word, if the verb does not already end in &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. If it does, then there is no ending added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past tense is formed by first changing the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. If there is a &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; following &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; immediately preceding the &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, then the &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supine is made by first changing the &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; at the end into a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. Any &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; immediately before a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; is deleted and &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted if it follows &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. There are some vowel changes also; &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; becomes &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;lt, rt&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;nt&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the past participles are made like the supine; except that the supine ends in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; while the past participle common, plural and definite aren&#039;t. Change &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. Then delete &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; between &#039;&#039;l,n,r&#039;&#039; and final &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;. Lastly, if necessary, change &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; to u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;ld,rd&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;nd&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;regarda&#039;&#039; - look, watch&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;regard&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIB=====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IIB verbs are the easiest of the Type II verbs to conjugate. They are generally very straightforward. The only thing you should remember is that the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; of the infinitive is deleted before adding the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-te&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-ta&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;steka&#039;&#039; - fry&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;te&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;ta&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type III Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type III verbs are those whose stem does not end in &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039; - end, finish&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type IV Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IV verbs are considered strong, in that they usually have a vowel change in the past tense. It should be noted, however, that this only applies to certain vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || (see vowel charts)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-it&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-na&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;truva&#039;&#039; - find&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Type IIB verbs, Type III verbs delete the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; before the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Vowel Charts=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PAST VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; || single &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y, u&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPINE  &amp;amp; PAST PARTICIPLE VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Present Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
All verbs add &#039;&#039;nde&#039;&#039; to end of the infinitive to form the present participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use of Supines &amp;amp; Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supine=====&lt;br /&gt;
The supine is used with &#039;&#039;har/hade&#039;&#039; to form the perfect and pluperfect tenses, respectively. No other verbs are used before the supine. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Past Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The past participles is used as an adjective and inflects. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Present Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The present participles are only rarely used in Nousuerian like the English ‘-ing’ forms, notable after the verbs &#039;&#039;veni, ala, bli&#039;&#039; and verbs of motion:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Dom venir kurande&#039;&#039;. (They come running.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, the present participle is used as an adjective, noun, adverb or preposition. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Derivation Morphology===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian words can be derived from other languages, and even other Nousuerian words, through four main processes:&lt;br /&gt;
*Borrowing -  English &#039;computer&#039; → Nousuerian &#039;&#039;kompiutare&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounding - &#039;&#039;en lutj&#039;&#039; (lunch) + &#039;&#039;en eur&#039;&#039;(hour) → &#039;lunch hour&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Affixation - &#039;&#039;u-&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;kontan&#039;&#039; → &#039;unhappy&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Abbreviation - &#039;&#039;fotograf&#039; → &#039;foto&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Borrowing====&lt;br /&gt;
When a language is borrowed into the Nousuerian language, it is assimilated through orthography, pronunciation and inflection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Compounding====&lt;br /&gt;
With compound nouns, the second noun determines the gender. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are three main methods to form compound nouns:&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + Nouns - &#039;&#039;en garson&#039;&#039; (boy) + &#039;&#039;en ami&#039;&#039; (friend) → &#039;&#039;en garsonami&#039;&#039; (boyfriend)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun (minus &#039;&#039;-a/e&#039;&#039;) + Noun - &#039;&#039;en meute&#039;&#039; (meeting) + &#039;&#039;et plas&#039;&#039; (room) → &#039;&#039;et meutplas&#039;&#039; (boardroom)&lt;br /&gt;
*Noun + &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039; + Nouns - &#039;&#039;et universitet&#039;&#039; (university) + &#039;&#039;en liv&#039;&#039; (book) → &#039;&#039;en universitetsliv (college textbook)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Affixation====&lt;br /&gt;
Affixation is carried out by adding a prefix or suffix to a stem. Prefixes do not change the word class or inflection of the stem, but suffixes do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian syntax is very similar to English and Swedish, all being Germanic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, the word order is SVO. However, depending on the type of sentence, this can vary. &lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
Noun phrases is Nousuerian are generally head-final. Adjectives that modify a noun are placed before it. The same applies to nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovet barn&#039;&#039; - young child&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovetbarnsabi&#039;&#039; - young child&#039;s clothing&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
In main clauses, a verb-second word order is used in Nousuerian. The order in a verb phrase is usually as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
FV(finite verb) + clausal adverbial/negation + non-finite verb + object/compliment + other adverbials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finite verb is the verb that is conjugated. It indicates the tense. The non-finite verb usually is placed with the finite verb with which it goes. Non-finite forms are the infinitive, supine, and the present and past participles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clausal adverbials indicate the sense of the clause as a whole. For the most part, it is a simple adverb. Other adverbials are expressions of manner, place, time, cause, condition, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there are two or more object, the order of the objects is based on whether or not one is placed with a preposition. An object without a preposition will precede one with a preposition; but, if there is no preposition at all, then the indirect object comes first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With compound verbs, the particle is placed between the non-finite verb and the object/complement. In the passive, the agent is placed between the object/complement and the other adverbials. &lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence type===&lt;br /&gt;
There are five sentence types in Nousuerian. &lt;br /&gt;
*Statement - V2, straight word order&lt;br /&gt;
*Non-Subject - V2, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes/No Question - V1, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Other Question - V2, straight or inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Command - V1, no subject&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
With the dependent clause, there is no topic; the order is always:&lt;br /&gt;
conjuction - subject - clausal adverbial - finite verb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dependent clause always starts with a subordination conjunction or other indicator of its status as a clause. &lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
===Phrases===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Koman stòr tu?&#039;&#039; - How are you?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Snèla&#039;&#039; - Please&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tak&#039;&#039; - Thank You&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak emar dei&#039;&#039; - I love you. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Din mère èr tre bel&#039;&#039; - Your mother is very beautiful.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Al vi til bibliuteket!&#039;&#039; - Let&#039;s go to the library!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak esper at tu paser bon tan.&#039;&#039; - I hope that you have a good time.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52064</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52064"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T08:45:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Ambox&lt;br /&gt;
| name  = construction&lt;br /&gt;
| subst = &amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{subst:substcheck}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| small = {{{small|no}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| type  = notice&lt;br /&gt;
| image = [[File:cutting.png|65px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sect  = {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| issue = is a &#039;&#039;&#039;construction site&#039;&#039;&#039;. This project is currently undergoing significant construction and/or revamp. By all means, take a look around. However, I kindly request that nothing is changed on this page without my prior knowledge. Please and thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
| talk  = {{{talk|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| date  = {{{date|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. Most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor = Old Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor2 = Old East Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor3 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor4 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
Before Nousuerian became an official language in the country, it had no standardised form. It was written using French orthological rules. It wasn&#039;t until 1956, 51 years after the independence of Nousueria, when then-ruler Queen Majelys declared that a standardised form was being developed by the newly-founded Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language. This was in efforts of strengthening and maintaining national pride and retaining the cultural language. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Queen Majelys&#039;s declaration of the completion of the Nousuerian alphabet was made on Dec. 24, 1956. The alphabet was completely integrated into society by the end of the decade and with it came rising literacy rates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Letter !! Name !! IPA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| A a || a || /a/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| B b || be || /b/ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| D d || de || /d/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| E e || e || /e/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| F f || ef || /f/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| G g || gi || /g/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| H h || ho || /h/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| I i || i || /i/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| J j || ji || /j/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| K k || ka || /k/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| L l || ele || /l/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| M m || eme || /m/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| N n || ene || /n/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| O o || o || /o/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| P p || pe || /p/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| R r || ere || /r/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| S s || ese || /s/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| T t || te || /t/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| U u || u || /u/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| V v || ve || /v/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Y y || y || /y/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| È è || è || /ɛ/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Ò ò || ò || /ɔ/&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian nouns are divided into common and neuter genders. This division is most commonly expressed in the choice of the indefinite article. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common !! Neuter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; père&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; buro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a father || a desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; fisk&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; duat&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a fish || a finger&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender also determines the definite article placed at the end of a word. The form of the definite article depends on the final letter of the noun to which it is attached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common/Neuter!! Ends in Consonant !! Ends in Vowel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Neuter || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is also important for the selection of a plural ending and for the agreement of pronouns, adjectives and past participles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Èr buro&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;  Is the desk big?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ja, &#039;&#039;&#039;dèn&#039;&#039;&#039; èr gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   Yes, it is big.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Vi èr protetja&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   We are protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is only partly predictable in Nousuerian. The meaning or form of some nouns may tell us whether we are dealing with a commong or neuter noun. But, in other cases, we cannot predict gender accurately by either form or meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
About 75% of Nousuerian nouns are common in gender. This usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*most nouns denoting living beings&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns denoting seasons, festivals &amp;amp; holidays&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-ad, -are, -dom, -het, -ing, -ion&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-lek&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Common Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;en, el, et, and er&#039;&#039; drop the &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039; when the singular definitive ending is added:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet&#039;&#039; (a snake) becomes &#039;&#039;serpten&#039;&#039; (the snake)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not applicable to nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en kuarahet&#039;&#039; (a belief) become &#039;&#039;kuaraheten&#039;&#039; (the belief)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the only irregularity with common nouns in the singular. The plural has slightly different rules governing its formation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;el&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; drop their &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039;. The rest keep them, unlike in the singular definitive form. Then, &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; is added to the final consonant in the nouns or the final vowel is changed to &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; if it is not an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. If it the final letter in a common noun is &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, then the plural form ends in &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;. The plural definitive form is made by adding &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en gafel, galfen, gaflar, gaflarna&#039;&#039; (fork)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en druva, druvan, druvor, druvorna&#039;&#039; (grape)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en om, omen, omar, omarna&#039;&#039; (man)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet, serpten, serpetar, serpetarna&#039;&#039; (snake)&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
Neuter nouns usually include:&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of most inanimate things&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-em, iv, -eum&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ium&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of countries, mountains, rivers, towns and the letters of the alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
=====Neuter Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Like common nouns, neuter nouns delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before the final &#039;&#039;l, r, t or n&#039;&#039;. If the word ends in &#039;&#039;um&#039;&#039;, it is deleted after &#039;&#039;e or i&#039;&#039;. Then the singular definitive ending is added.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel&#039;&#039; (a temple) becomes &#039;&#039;temple&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et museum&#039;&#039; (a museum) becomes &#039;&#039;muse&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several things are considered when forming the plural form of neuter nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the noun ends in a consonant that is not &#039;&#039;s, n or r&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end. If the noun ends in a vowel, then an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is simply added. And this is where things can get a bit complicated. Depending on the final vowel and consonant(s), the final vowel may change quality to express plurality. Hopefully, this chart will help explain both visually and more easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n, s, -ter, -ker&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To form the plural definite in Nousuerian, several endings are considered. An &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is added to a final &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, while &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; is added to the final &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; and final vowels. With every other final consonant, &#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039; is added to the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et bregundan, begrundanet, begrundon, begrundona&#039;&#039;  (meditation)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et gras, graset, grès, grèsen&#039;&#039; (fat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et os, oset, eus, eusen&#039;&#039; (bone)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tjeut, tjeutet, tjeuter, tjeuterna&#039;&#039; (meat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et barn, barnet, barn, barna&#039;&#039; (child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel, templet, templen, templena&#039;&#039; (temple)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian adjectives inflect. In the indefinite declension they agree with the noun in gender (singular only) and in number. They also add inflexed endings in the definite declension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;dén&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || -- || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however, that if an adjective ends in an &#039;&#039;ada&#039;&#039;, then the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. Also, if an adjective ends in a vowel that is not &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, then an &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; is added before the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dèn rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uason&#039;&#039; (the red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasorna&#039;&#039; (the red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs uaso&#039;&#039; (red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasor&#039;&#039; (red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;det&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The declension of neuter adjectives is a little complicated. In the indefinite singular, first, an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; after a final &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. If the word does not already end in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then it is added. The following table shows changes to consonants before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the plural indefinite neuter, delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;l, r or n&#039;&#039;. Then add an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. Like the common, there is a change of final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; after &#039;&#039;ad&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;det bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barnet&#039;&#039; (the handsome child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barna&#039;&#039; (the handsome children)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lòn&#039;&#039;&#039;kt&#039;&#039;&#039; vi&#039;&#039; (long life)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nuvo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; templen&#039;&#039; (new temples)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
In Nousuerian there is only one form of the verb for all persons, singular and plural and in each of the various tenses of the verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian has no continuous form of the verb but, like English, employs auxiliary verbs to help form the future, perfect and pluperfect tenses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type I Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039; - can, to be able to&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type II Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
Type II verbs are not as straightforward as Types I and III. However, Type II&#039;s are fairly simple once you know the rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of Type II verbs. Type IIA consists of verbs whose stem ends in a voiced consonant, while Type IIB is made up of verbs whose stem end in a voiceless consonant or &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIA=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the present tense, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is deleted after final &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. Then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end of the word, if the verb does not already end in &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. If it does, then there is no ending added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past tense is formed by first changing the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. If there is a &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; following &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; immediately preceding the &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, then the &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supine is made by first changing the &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; at the end into a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. Any &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; immediately before a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; is deleted and &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted if it follows &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. There are some vowel changes also; &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; becomes &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;lt, rt&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;nt&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the past participles are made like the supine; except that the supine ends in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; while the past participle common, plural and definite aren&#039;t. Change &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. Then delete &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; between &#039;&#039;l,n,r&#039;&#039; and final &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;. Lastly, if necessary, change &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; to u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;ld,rd&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;nd&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;regarda&#039;&#039; - look, watch&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;regard&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIB=====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IIB verbs are the easiest of the Type II verbs to conjugate. They are generally very straightforward. The only thing you should remember is that the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; of the infinitive is deleted before adding the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-te&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-ta&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;steka&#039;&#039; - fry&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;te&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;ta&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type III Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type III verbs are those whose stem does not end in &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039; - end, finish&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type IV Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IV verbs are considered strong, in that they usually have a vowel change in the past tense. It should be noted, however, that this only applies to certain vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || (see vowel charts)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-it&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-na&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;truva&#039;&#039; - find&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Type IIB verbs, Type III verbs delete the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; before the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Vowel Charts=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PAST VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; || single &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y, u&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPINE  &amp;amp; PAST PARTICIPLE VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Present Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
All verbs add &#039;&#039;nde&#039;&#039; to end of the infinitive to form the present participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use of Supines &amp;amp; Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supine=====&lt;br /&gt;
The supine is used with &#039;&#039;har/hade&#039;&#039; to form the perfect and pluperfect tenses, respectively. No other verbs are used before the supine. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Past Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The past participles is used as an adjective and inflects. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Present Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The present participles are only rarely used in Nousuerian like the English ‘-ing’ forms, notable after the verbs &#039;&#039;veni, ala, bli&#039;&#039; and verbs of motion:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Dom venir kurande&#039;&#039;. (They come running.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, the present participle is used as an adjective, noun, adverb or preposition. &lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian syntax is very similar to English and Swedish, all being Germanic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, the word order is SVO. However, depending on the type of sentence, this can vary. &lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
Noun phrases is Nousuerian are generally head-final. Adjectives that modify a noun are placed before it. The same applies to nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovet barn&#039;&#039; - young child&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovetbarnsabi&#039;&#039; - young child&#039;s clothing&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
In main clauses, a verb-second word order is used in Nousuerian. The order in a verb phrase is usually as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
FV(finite verb) + clausal adverbial/negation + non-finite verb + object/compliment + other adverbials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finite verb is the verb that is conjugated. It indicates the tense. The non-finite verb usually is placed with the finite verb with which it goes. Non-finite forms are the infinitive, supine, and the present and past participles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clausal adverbials indicate the sense of the clause as a whole. For the most part, it is a simple adverb. Other adverbials are expressions of manner, place, time, cause, condition, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there are two or more object, the order of the objects is based on whether or not one is placed with a preposition. An object without a preposition will precede one with a preposition; but, if there is no preposition at all, then the indirect object comes first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With compound verbs, the particle is placed between the non-finite verb and the object/complement. In the passive, the agent is placed between the object/complement and the other adverbials. &lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence type===&lt;br /&gt;
There are five sentence types in Nousuerian. &lt;br /&gt;
*Statement - V2, straight word order&lt;br /&gt;
*Non-Subject - V2, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes/No Question - V1, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Other Question - V2, straight or inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Command - V1, no subject&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
With the dependent clause, there is no topic; the order is always:&lt;br /&gt;
conjuction - subject - clausal adverbial - finite verb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dependent clause always starts with a subordination conjunction or other indicator of its status as a clause. &lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
===Phrases===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Koman stòr tu?&#039;&#039; - How are you?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Snèla&#039;&#039; - Please&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tak&#039;&#039; - Thank You&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak emar dei&#039;&#039; - I love you. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Din mère èr tre bel&#039;&#039; - Your mother is very beautiful.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Al vi til bibliuteket!&#039;&#039; - Let&#039;s go to the library!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak esper at tu paser bon tan.&#039;&#039; - I hope that you have a good time.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52063</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52063"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T08:17:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Ambox&lt;br /&gt;
| name  = construction&lt;br /&gt;
| subst = &amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{subst:substcheck}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| small = {{{small|no}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| type  = notice&lt;br /&gt;
| image = [[File:cutting.png|65px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sect  = {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| issue = is a &#039;&#039;&#039;construction site&#039;&#039;&#039;. This project is currently undergoing significant construction and/or revamp. By all means, take a look around. However, I kindly request that nothing is changed on this page without my prior knowledge. Please and thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
| talk  = {{{talk|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| date  = {{{date|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. Most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor = Old Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor2 = Old East Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor3 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor4 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian nouns are divided into common and neuter genders. This division is most commonly expressed in the choice of the indefinite article. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common !! Neuter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; père&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; buro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a father || a desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; fisk&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; duat&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a fish || a finger&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender also determines the definite article placed at the end of a word. The form of the definite article depends on the final letter of the noun to which it is attached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common/Neuter!! Ends in Consonant !! Ends in Vowel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Neuter || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is also important for the selection of a plural ending and for the agreement of pronouns, adjectives and past participles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Èr buro&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;  Is the desk big?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ja, &#039;&#039;&#039;dèn&#039;&#039;&#039; èr gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   Yes, it is big.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Vi èr protetja&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   We are protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is only partly predictable in Nousuerian. The meaning or form of some nouns may tell us whether we are dealing with a commong or neuter noun. But, in other cases, we cannot predict gender accurately by either form or meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
About 75% of Nousuerian nouns are common in gender. This usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*most nouns denoting living beings&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns denoting seasons, festivals &amp;amp; holidays&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-ad, -are, -dom, -het, -ing, -ion&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-lek&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Common Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;en, el, et, and er&#039;&#039; drop the &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039; when the singular definitive ending is added:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet&#039;&#039; (a snake) becomes &#039;&#039;serpten&#039;&#039; (the snake)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not applicable to nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en kuarahet&#039;&#039; (a belief) become &#039;&#039;kuaraheten&#039;&#039; (the belief)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the only irregularity with common nouns in the singular. The plural has slightly different rules governing its formation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;el&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; drop their &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039;. The rest keep them, unlike in the singular definitive form. Then, &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; is added to the final consonant in the nouns or the final vowel is changed to &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; if it is not an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. If it the final letter in a common noun is &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, then the plural form ends in &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;. The plural definitive form is made by adding &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en gafel, galfen, gaflar, gaflarna&#039;&#039; (fork)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en druva, druvan, druvor, druvorna&#039;&#039; (grape)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en om, omen, omar, omarna&#039;&#039; (man)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet, serpten, serpetar, serpetarna&#039;&#039; (snake)&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
Neuter nouns usually include:&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of most inanimate things&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-em, iv, -eum&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ium&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of countries, mountains, rivers, towns and the letters of the alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
=====Neuter Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Like common nouns, neuter nouns delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before the final &#039;&#039;l, r, t or n&#039;&#039;. If the word ends in &#039;&#039;um&#039;&#039;, it is deleted after &#039;&#039;e or i&#039;&#039;. Then the singular definitive ending is added.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel&#039;&#039; (a temple) becomes &#039;&#039;temple&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et museum&#039;&#039; (a museum) becomes &#039;&#039;muse&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several things are considered when forming the plural form of neuter nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the noun ends in a consonant that is not &#039;&#039;s, n or r&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end. If the noun ends in a vowel, then an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is simply added. And this is where things can get a bit complicated. Depending on the final vowel and consonant(s), the final vowel may change quality to express plurality. Hopefully, this chart will help explain both visually and more easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n, s, -ter, -ker&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To form the plural definite in Nousuerian, several endings are considered. An &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is added to a final &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, while &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; is added to the final &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; and final vowels. With every other final consonant, &#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039; is added to the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et bregundan, begrundanet, begrundon, begrundona&#039;&#039;  (meditation)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et gras, graset, grès, grèsen&#039;&#039; (fat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et os, oset, eus, eusen&#039;&#039; (bone)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tjeut, tjeutet, tjeuter, tjeuterna&#039;&#039; (meat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et barn, barnet, barn, barna&#039;&#039; (child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel, templet, templen, templena&#039;&#039; (temple)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian adjectives inflect. In the indefinite declension they agree with the noun in gender (singular only) and in number. They also add inflexed endings in the definite declension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;dén&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || -- || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however, that if an adjective ends in an &#039;&#039;ada&#039;&#039;, then the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. Also, if an adjective ends in a vowel that is not &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, then an &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; is added before the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dèn rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uason&#039;&#039; (the red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasorna&#039;&#039; (the red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs uaso&#039;&#039; (red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasor&#039;&#039; (red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;det&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The declension of neuter adjectives is a little complicated. In the indefinite singular, first, an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; after a final &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. If the word does not already end in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then it is added. The following table shows changes to consonants before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the plural indefinite neuter, delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;l, r or n&#039;&#039;. Then add an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. Like the common, there is a change of final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; after &#039;&#039;ad&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;det bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barnet&#039;&#039; (the handsome child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barna&#039;&#039; (the handsome children)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lòn&#039;&#039;&#039;kt&#039;&#039;&#039; vi&#039;&#039; (long life)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nuvo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; templen&#039;&#039; (new temples)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
In Nousuerian there is only one form of the verb for all persons, singular and plural and in each of the various tenses of the verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian has no continuous form of the verb but, like English, employs auxiliary verbs to help form the future, perfect and pluperfect tenses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type I Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039; - can, to be able to&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type II Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
Type II verbs are not as straightforward as Types I and III. However, Type II&#039;s are fairly simple once you know the rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of Type II verbs. Type IIA consists of verbs whose stem ends in a voiced consonant, while Type IIB is made up of verbs whose stem end in a voiceless consonant or &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIA=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the present tense, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is deleted after final &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. Then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end of the word, if the verb does not already end in &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. If it does, then there is no ending added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past tense is formed by first changing the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. If there is a &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; following &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; immediately preceding the &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, then the &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supine is made by first changing the &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; at the end into a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. Any &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; immediately before a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; is deleted and &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted if it follows &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. There are some vowel changes also; &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; becomes &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;lt, rt&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;nt&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the past participles are made like the supine; except that the supine ends in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; while the past participle common, plural and definite aren&#039;t. Change &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. Then delete &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; between &#039;&#039;l,n,r&#039;&#039; and final &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;. Lastly, if necessary, change &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; to u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;ld,rd&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;nd&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;regarda&#039;&#039; - look, watch&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;regard&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIB=====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IIB verbs are the easiest of the Type II verbs to conjugate. They are generally very straightforward. The only thing you should remember is that the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; of the infinitive is deleted before adding the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-te&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-ta&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;steka&#039;&#039; - fry&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;te&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;ta&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type III Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type III verbs are those whose stem does not end in &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039; - end, finish&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type IV Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IV verbs are considered strong, in that they usually have a vowel change in the past tense. It should be noted, however, that this only applies to certain vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || (see vowel charts)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-it&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-na&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;truva&#039;&#039; - find&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Type IIB verbs, Type III verbs delete the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; before the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Vowel Charts=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PAST VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; || single &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y, u&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPINE  &amp;amp; PAST PARTICIPLE VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Present Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
All verbs add &#039;&#039;nde&#039;&#039; to end of the infinitive to form the present participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use of Supines &amp;amp; Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supine=====&lt;br /&gt;
The supine is used with &#039;&#039;har/hade&#039;&#039; to form the perfect and pluperfect tenses, respectively. No other verbs are used before the supine. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Past Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The past participles is used as an adjective and inflects. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Present Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The present participles are only rarely used in Nousuerian like the English ‘-ing’ forms, notable after the verbs &#039;&#039;veni, ala, bli&#039;&#039; and verbs of motion:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Dom venir kurande&#039;&#039;. (They come running.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, the present participle is used as an adjective, noun, adverb or preposition. &lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian syntax is very similar to English and Swedish, all being Germanic languages.&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
Generally, the word order is SVO. However, depending on the type of sentence, this can vary. &lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
Noun phrases is Nousuerian are generally head-final. Adjectives that modify a noun are placed before it. The same applies to nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovet barn&#039;&#039; - young child&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;tjovetbarnsabi&#039;&#039; - young child&#039;s clothing&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
In main clauses, a verb-second word order is used in Nousuerian. The order in a verb phrase is usually as followed:&lt;br /&gt;
FV(finite verb) + clausal adverbial/negation + non-finite verb + object/compliment + other adverbials&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The finite verb is the verb that is conjugated. It indicates the tense. The non-finite verb usually is placed with the finite verb with which it goes. Non-finite forms are the infinitive, supine, and the present and past participles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clausal adverbials indicate the sense of the clause as a whole. For the most part, it is a simple adverb. Other adverbials are expressions of manner, place, time, cause, condition, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When there are two or more object, the order of the objects is based on whether or not one is placed with a preposition. An object without a preposition will precede one with a preposition; but, if there is no preposition at all, then the indirect object comes first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With compound verbs, the particle is placed between the non-finite verb and the object/complement. In the passive, the agent is placed between the object/complement and the other adverbials. &lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence type===&lt;br /&gt;
There are five sentence types in Nousuerian. &lt;br /&gt;
*Statement - V2, straight word order&lt;br /&gt;
*Non-Subject - V2, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Yes/No Question - V1, inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Other Question - V2, straight or inverted&lt;br /&gt;
*Command - V1, no subject&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
With the dependent clause, there is no topic; the order is always:&lt;br /&gt;
conjuction - subject - clausal adverbial - finite verb&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dependent clause always starts with a subordination conjunction or other indicator of its status as a clause. &lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
===Phrases===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Koman stòr tu?&#039;&#039; - How are you?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Snèla&#039;&#039; - Please&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Tak&#039;&#039; - Thank You&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak emar dei&#039;&#039; - I love you. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Din mère èr tre bel&#039;&#039; - Your mother is very beautiful.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Al vi til bibliuteket!&#039;&#039; - Let&#039;s go to the library!&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Jak esper at tu paser bon tan.&#039;&#039; - I hope that you have a good time.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52062</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52062"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T06:08:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Ambox&lt;br /&gt;
| name  = construction&lt;br /&gt;
| subst = &amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{subst:substcheck}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| small = {{{small|no}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| type  = notice&lt;br /&gt;
| image = [[File:cutting.png|65px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sect  = {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| issue = is a &#039;&#039;&#039;construction site&#039;&#039;&#039;. This project is currently undergoing significant construction and/or revamp. By all means, take a look around. However, I kindly request that nothing is changed on this page without my prior knowledge. Please and thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
| talk  = {{{talk|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| date  = {{{date|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. Most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor = Old Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor2 = Old East Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor3 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor4 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian nouns are divided into common and neuter genders. This division is most commonly expressed in the choice of the indefinite article. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common !! Neuter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; père&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; buro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a father || a desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; fisk&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; duat&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a fish || a finger&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender also determines the definite article placed at the end of a word. The form of the definite article depends on the final letter of the noun to which it is attached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common/Neuter!! Ends in Consonant !! Ends in Vowel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Neuter || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is also important for the selection of a plural ending and for the agreement of pronouns, adjectives and past participles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Èr buro&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;  Is the desk big?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ja, &#039;&#039;&#039;dèn&#039;&#039;&#039; èr gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   Yes, it is big.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Vi èr protetja&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   We are protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is only partly predictable in Nousuerian. The meaning or form of some nouns may tell us whether we are dealing with a commong or neuter noun. But, in other cases, we cannot predict gender accurately by either form or meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
About 75% of Nousuerian nouns are common in gender. This usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*most nouns denoting living beings&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns denoting seasons, festivals &amp;amp; holidays&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-ad, -are, -dom, -het, -ing, -ion&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-lek&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Common Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;en, el, et, and er&#039;&#039; drop the &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039; when the singular definitive ending is added:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet&#039;&#039; (a snake) becomes &#039;&#039;serpten&#039;&#039; (the snake)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not applicable to nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en kuarahet&#039;&#039; (a belief) become &#039;&#039;kuaraheten&#039;&#039; (the belief)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the only irregularity with common nouns in the singular. The plural has slightly different rules governing its formation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;el&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; drop their &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039;. The rest keep them, unlike in the singular definitive form. Then, &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; is added to the final consonant in the nouns or the final vowel is changed to &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; if it is not an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. If it the final letter in a common noun is &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, then the plural form ends in &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;. The plural definitive form is made by adding &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en gafel, galfen, gaflar, gaflarna&#039;&#039; (fork)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en druva, druvan, druvor, druvorna&#039;&#039; (grape)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en om, omen, omar, omarna&#039;&#039; (man)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet, serpten, serpetar, serpetarna&#039;&#039; (snake)&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
Neuter nouns usually include:&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of most inanimate things&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-em, iv, -eum&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ium&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of countries, mountains, rivers, towns and the letters of the alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
=====Neuter Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Like common nouns, neuter nouns delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before the final &#039;&#039;l, r, t or n&#039;&#039;. If the word ends in &#039;&#039;um&#039;&#039;, it is deleted after &#039;&#039;e or i&#039;&#039;. Then the singular definitive ending is added.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel&#039;&#039; (a temple) becomes &#039;&#039;temple&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et museum&#039;&#039; (a museum) becomes &#039;&#039;muse&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several things are considered when forming the plural form of neuter nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the noun ends in a consonant that is not &#039;&#039;s, n or r&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end. If the noun ends in a vowel, then an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is simply added. And this is where things can get a bit complicated. Depending on the final vowel and consonant(s), the final vowel may change quality to express plurality. Hopefully, this chart will help explain both visually and more easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n, s, -ter, -ker&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To form the plural definite in Nousuerian, several endings are considered. An &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is added to a final &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, while &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; is added to the final &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; and final vowels. With every other final consonant, &#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039; is added to the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et bregundan, begrundanet, begrundon, begrundona&#039;&#039;  (meditation)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et gras, graset, grès, grèsen&#039;&#039; (fat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et os, oset, eus, eusen&#039;&#039; (bone)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tjeut, tjeutet, tjeuter, tjeuterna&#039;&#039; (meat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et barn, barnet, barn, barna&#039;&#039; (child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel, templet, templen, templena&#039;&#039; (temple)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian adjectives inflect. In the indefinite declension they agree with the noun in gender (singular only) and in number. They also add inflexed endings in the definite declension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;dén&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || -- || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however, that if an adjective ends in an &#039;&#039;ada&#039;&#039;, then the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. Also, if an adjective ends in a vowel that is not &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, then an &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; is added before the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dèn rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uason&#039;&#039; (the red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasorna&#039;&#039; (the red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs uaso&#039;&#039; (red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasor&#039;&#039; (red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;det&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The declension of neuter adjectives is a little complicated. In the indefinite singular, first, an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; after a final &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. If the word does not already end in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then it is added. The following table shows changes to consonants before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the plural indefinite neuter, delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;l, r or n&#039;&#039;. Then add an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. Like the common, there is a change of final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; after &#039;&#039;ad&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;det bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barnet&#039;&#039; (the handsome child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barna&#039;&#039; (the handsome children)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lòn&#039;&#039;&#039;kt&#039;&#039;&#039; vi&#039;&#039; (long life)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nuvo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; templen&#039;&#039; (new temples)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Verbs===&lt;br /&gt;
In Nousuerian there is only one form of the verb for all persons, singular and plural and in each of the various tenses of the verb. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian has no continuous form of the verb but, like English, employs auxiliary verbs to help form the future, perfect and pluperfect tenses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type I Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039; - can, to be able to&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, puvua&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type II Conjugation====&lt;br /&gt;
Type II verbs are not as straightforward as Types I and III. However, Type II&#039;s are fairly simple once you know the rules. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of Type II verbs. Type IIA consists of verbs whose stem ends in a voiced consonant, while Type IIB is made up of verbs whose stem end in a voiceless consonant or &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIA=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the present tense, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is deleted after final &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. Then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end of the word, if the verb does not already end in &#039;&#039;l&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. If it does, then there is no ending added. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The past tense is formed by first changing the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. If there is a &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; following &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; immediately preceding the &#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, then the &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Supine is made by first changing the &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; at the end into a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. Any &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; immediately before a &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; is deleted and &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; is deleted if it follows &#039;&#039;l,n&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. There are some vowel changes also; &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; become &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; becomes &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;lt, rt&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;nt&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, the past participles are made like the supine; except that the supine ends in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; while the past participle common, plural and definite aren&#039;t. Change &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039; at the end of a word. Then delete &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; between &#039;&#039;l,n,r&#039;&#039; and final &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;. Lastly, if necessary, change &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; to u&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;ld,rd&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;nd&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;regarda&#039;&#039; - look, watch&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;regard&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;regar&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, regar&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Type IIB=====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IIB verbs are the easiest of the Type II verbs to conjugate. They are generally very straightforward. The only thing you should remember is that the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; of the infinitive is deleted before adding the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-te&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-ta&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;steka&#039;&#039; - fry&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;te&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, stek&#039;&#039;&#039;ta&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type III Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type III verbs are those whose stem does not end in &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-r&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || &#039;&#039;-de&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-d&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-da&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039; - end, finish&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;fini&#039;&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;, fini&#039;&#039;&#039;da&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Type IV Conjugations====&lt;br /&gt;
Type IV verbs are considered strong, in that they usually have a vowel change in the past tense. It should be noted, however, that this only applies to certain vowels.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Present || &#039;&#039;-er&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past || (see vowel charts)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Supine || &#039;&#039;-it&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Common) || &#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Neuter) || &#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Past Participle (Plural/Definite) || &#039;&#039;-na&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;truva&#039;&#039; - find&lt;br /&gt;
*present - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*supine - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;it&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*past participles - &#039;&#039;truv&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039;, truv&#039;&#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Like Type IIB verbs, Type III verbs delete the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; before the endings. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Vowel Charts=====&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;PAST VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; || single &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y, u&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SUPINE  &amp;amp; PAST PARTICIPLE VOWEL CHANGE&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Single/Double Final Consonant&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || single&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; || double&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Present Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
All verbs add &#039;&#039;nde&#039;&#039; to end of the infinitive to form the present participle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Use of Supines &amp;amp; Participles====&lt;br /&gt;
=====Supine=====&lt;br /&gt;
The supine is used with &#039;&#039;har/hade&#039;&#039; to form the perfect and pluperfect tenses, respectively. No other verbs are used before the supine. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Past Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The past participles is used as an adjective and inflects. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Present Participle=====&lt;br /&gt;
The present participles are only rarely used in Nousuerian like the English ‘-ing’ forms, notable after the verbs &#039;&#039;veni, ala, bli&#039;&#039; and verbs of motion:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Dom venir kurande&#039;&#039;. (They come running.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, the present participle is used as an adjective, noun, adverb or preposition. &lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52061</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52061"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T05:10:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Ambox&lt;br /&gt;
| name  = construction&lt;br /&gt;
| subst = &amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{subst:substcheck}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| small = {{{small|no}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| type  = notice&lt;br /&gt;
| image = [[File:cutting.png|65px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sect  = {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| issue = is a &#039;&#039;&#039;construction site&#039;&#039;&#039;. This project is currently undergoing significant construction and/or revamp. By all means, take a look around. However, I kindly request that nothing is changed on this page without my prior knowledge. Please and thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
| talk  = {{{talk|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| date  = {{{date|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. Most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor = Old Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor2 = Old East Norse&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor3 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|ancestor4 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Nouns===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian nouns are divided into common and neuter genders. This division is most commonly expressed in the choice of the indefinite article. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common !! Neuter&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; père&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; buro&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a father || a desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039;&#039; fisk&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;et&#039;&#039;&#039; duat&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| a fish || a finger&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender also determines the definite article placed at the end of a word. The form of the definite article depends on the final letter of the noun to which it is attached. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Common/Neuter!! Ends in Consonant !! Ends in Vowel&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Common || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-en&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-n&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Neuter || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-et&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;-t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is also important for the selection of a plural ending and for the agreement of pronouns, adjectives and past participles. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Èr buro&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039; gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;?&#039;&#039;  Is the desk big?&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Ja, &#039;&#039;&#039;dèn&#039;&#039;&#039; èr gran&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   Yes, it is big.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Vi èr protetja&#039;&#039;&#039;de&#039;&#039;&#039;.&#039;&#039;   We are protected. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gender is only partly predictable in Nousuerian. The meaning or form of some nouns may tell us whether we are dealing with a commong or neuter noun. But, in other cases, we cannot predict gender accurately by either form or meaning. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
About 75% of Nousuerian nouns are common in gender. This usually includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*most nouns denoting living beings&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns denoting seasons, festivals &amp;amp; holidays&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-ad, -are, -dom, -het, -ing, -ion&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;-lek&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Common Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;en, el, et, and er&#039;&#039; drop the &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039; when the singular definitive ending is added:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet&#039;&#039; (a snake) becomes &#039;&#039;serpten&#039;&#039; (the snake)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not applicable to nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-het&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en kuarahet&#039;&#039; (a belief) become &#039;&#039;kuaraheten&#039;&#039; (the belief)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the only irregularity with common nouns in the singular. The plural has slightly different rules governing its formation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Only the common nouns ending in &#039;&#039;el&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; drop their &#039;&#039;-e-&#039;&#039;. The rest keep them, unlike in the singular definitive form. Then, &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; is added to the final consonant in the nouns or the final vowel is changed to &#039;&#039;ar&#039;&#039; if it is not an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. If it the final letter in a common noun is &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, then the plural form ends in &#039;&#039;or&#039;&#039;. The plural definitive form is made by adding &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en gafel, galfen, gaflar, gaflarna&#039;&#039; (fork)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en druva, druvan, druvor, druvorna&#039;&#039; (grape)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en om, omen, omar, omarna&#039;&#039; (man)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;en serpet, serpten, serpetar, serpetarna&#039;&#039; (snake)&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Nouns====&lt;br /&gt;
Neuter nouns usually include:&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of most inanimate things&lt;br /&gt;
*nouns ending in &#039;&#039;-em, iv, -eum&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;-ium&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*the names of countries, mountains, rivers, towns and the letters of the alphabet&lt;br /&gt;
=====Neuter Declension=====&lt;br /&gt;
Like common nouns, neuter nouns delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before the final &#039;&#039;l, r, t or n&#039;&#039;. If the word ends in &#039;&#039;um&#039;&#039;, it is deleted after &#039;&#039;e or i&#039;&#039;. Then the singular definitive ending is added.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel&#039;&#039; (a temple) becomes &#039;&#039;temple&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et museum&#039;&#039; (a museum) becomes &#039;&#039;muse&#039;&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several things are considered when forming the plural form of neuter nouns. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the noun ends in a consonant that is not &#039;&#039;s, n or r&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;er&#039;&#039; is added to the end. If the noun ends in a vowel, then an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is simply added. And this is where things can get a bit complicated. Depending on the final vowel and consonant(s), the final vowel may change quality to express plurality. Hopefully, this chart will help explain both visually and more easily. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;è&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;o&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;eu&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;n, s, -ter, -ker&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To form the plural definite in Nousuerian, several endings are considered. An &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is added to a final &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, while &#039;&#039;na&#039;&#039; is added to the final &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; and final vowels. With every other final consonant, &#039;&#039;en&#039;&#039; is added to the end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et bregundan, begrundanet, begrundon, begrundona&#039;&#039;  (meditation)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et gras, graset, grès, grèsen&#039;&#039; (fat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et os, oset, eus, eusen&#039;&#039; (bone)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tjeut, tjeutet, tjeuter, tjeuterna&#039;&#039; (meat)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et barn, barnet, barn, barna&#039;&#039; (child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;et tempel, templet, templen, templena&#039;&#039; (temple)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Adjectives===&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian adjectives inflect. In the indefinite declension they agree with the noun in gender (singular only) and in number. They also add inflexed endings in the definite declension. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Common Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;dén&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || -- || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however, that if an adjective ends in an &#039;&#039;ada&#039;&#039;, then the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. Also, if an adjective ends in a vowel that is not &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;, then an &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; is added before the final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dèn rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uason&#039;&#039; (the red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasorna&#039;&#039; (the red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs uaso&#039;&#039; (red bird)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;rurs&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039; uasor&#039;&#039; (red birds)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Neuter Declension====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Definite/Indefinite !! Singular !! Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Definite || &#039;&#039;det&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;dom&#039;&#039; ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Indefinite || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; || ___&#039;&#039;(i)a&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The declension of neuter adjectives is a little complicated. In the indefinite singular, first, an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is changed to &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039; after a final &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;. If the word does not already end in &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then it is added. The following table shows changes to consonants before final &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! From !! To !! Before Final&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039; || &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the plural indefinite neuter, delete &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; before final &#039;&#039;l, r or n&#039;&#039;. Then add an &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to the end of the word. Like the common, there is a change of final &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; to &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; after &#039;&#039;ad&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;det bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barnet&#039;&#039; (the handsome child)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;dom bo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; barna&#039;&#039; (the handsome children)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lòn&#039;&#039;&#039;kt&#039;&#039;&#039; vi&#039;&#039; (long life)&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nuvo&#039;&#039;&#039;ia&#039;&#039;&#039; templen&#039;&#039; (new temples)&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52048</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=52048"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T03:53:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Ambox&lt;br /&gt;
| name  = construction&lt;br /&gt;
| subst = &amp;lt;includeonly&amp;gt;{{subst:substcheck}}&amp;lt;/includeonly&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| small = {{{small|no}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| type  = notice&lt;br /&gt;
| image = [[File:cutting.png|65px]]&lt;br /&gt;
| sect  = {{{1|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| issue = is a &#039;&#039;&#039;construction site&#039;&#039;&#039;. This project is currently undergoing significant construction and/or revamp. By all means, take a look around. However, I kindly request that nothing is changed on this page without my prior knowledge. Please and thank you.&lt;br /&gt;
| talk  = {{{talk|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
| date  = {{{date|}}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. Most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox language&lt;br /&gt;
|name          = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename    = &#039;&#039;nusveska&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = [nu&#039;sveskə]&lt;br /&gt;
|region        = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers      = 66,000  &lt;br /&gt;
|date          = 2011&lt;br /&gt;
|familycolor   = #fbf896&lt;br /&gt;
|fam1          = Indo-European&lt;br /&gt;
|fam2          = Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam3 = North Germanic&lt;br /&gt;
|fam4 = East Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam5 = Continental Scandinavian&lt;br /&gt;
|fam6 = Old Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|fam7 = Modern Swedish&lt;br /&gt;
|creator= --&lt;br /&gt;
|setting= Nousueria &lt;br /&gt;
|dialects = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|script        = Latin (Nousuerian alphabet)&lt;br /&gt;
|nation        = Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|minority = France, Sweden&lt;br /&gt;
|agency        = &#039;&#039;Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;(The Royal Academy of the Nousuerian Language)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Contionary:tjen&amp;diff=52035</id>
		<title>Contionary:tjen</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Contionary:tjen&amp;diff=52035"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T03:10:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the new word template! &lt;br /&gt;
To speed up some time, we&#039;ve included a handy expansion template that quickly builds up the page. All you need to do is fill in a few things.&lt;br /&gt;
1 = is equal to the name of your language, first-letter capitalised.&lt;br /&gt;
2 = is the actual word.&lt;br /&gt;
POS = This is where you fill in the primary category to which your word belongs to. Is it a noun, an adjective or a verb? Perhaps, a particle? Capitalise the first letter: write Noun, not “noun”.&lt;br /&gt;
IPA = The pronunciation of your word may be filled in here using the International Phonetic Alphabet (accessible by going to Special Characters &amp;gt; IPA).&lt;br /&gt;
POS2 = This will be used to categorise your entry; do not use a capital here, write &#039;&#039;noun&#039;&#039; rather, instead of &#039;&#039;Noun&#039;&#039; (Opposite of POS!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example is given here, using the word &#039;&#039;entry&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{subst:User:Chrysophylax/Template:nous&lt;br /&gt;
|1=English&lt;br /&gt;
|2=entry&lt;br /&gt;
|POS=Noun            &lt;br /&gt;
|IPA=ˈentʰɹɪ       &lt;br /&gt;
|POS2=noun &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Now you try! --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==tjen==&lt;br /&gt;
===Alternative forms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Etymology===&lt;br /&gt;
From Modern French &#039;&#039;chien&#039;&#039;, from Middle French &#039;&#039;chien&#039;&#039;, from Old French &#039;&#039;chien&#039;&#039;, from Latin &#039;&#039;canis, canem&#039;&#039;, from Proto-Italic &#039;&#039;*kō&#039;&#039; (accusative, &#039;&#039;*kwanem&#039;&#039;), Proto-Indo-European &#039;&#039;*ḱwn-i-&#039;&#039;, derived from &#039;&#039;*ḱwṓ&#039;&#039; (accusative &#039;&#039;*ḱwónm̥&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pronunciation===&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;tjen&#039;&#039;) [[Guide:IPA|IPA]]: /ʃɜ̃/&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;tjen&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# dog&lt;br /&gt;
#:&#039;&#039;Jak vuar en &#039;&#039;&#039;tjen&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#:: &#039;&#039;I see a dog.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inflection====&lt;br /&gt;
{|  class=&amp;quot;mw-collapsible graytable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!style=&amp;quot;font-style:italic;&amp;quot;  |&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;font-style:italic;&amp;quot; | Singular&lt;br /&gt;
! style=&amp;quot;font-style:italic;&amp;quot; | Plural&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!indefinite &lt;br /&gt;
|tjen ||  tjenar&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!definite&lt;br /&gt;
|tjenen || tjenarna&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
====Usage notes====&lt;br /&gt;
====Synonyms====&lt;br /&gt;
====Derived terms====&lt;br /&gt;
====Related terms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contionary]] [[Category:tjen s]] [[Category:tjen words]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Contionary:tjen&amp;diff=52027</id>
		<title>Contionary:tjen</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Contionary:tjen&amp;diff=52027"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T02:51:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: /* Etymology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the new word template! &lt;br /&gt;
To speed up some time, we&#039;ve included a handy expansion template that quickly builds up the page. All you need to do is fill in a few things.&lt;br /&gt;
1 = is equal to the name of your language, first-letter capitalised.&lt;br /&gt;
2 = is the actual word.&lt;br /&gt;
POS = This is where you fill in the primary category to which your word belongs to. Is it a noun, an adjective or a verb? Perhaps, a particle? Capitalise the first letter: write Noun, not “noun”.&lt;br /&gt;
IPA = The pronunciation of your word may be filled in here using the International Phonetic Alphabet (accessible by going to Special Characters &amp;gt; IPA).&lt;br /&gt;
POS2 = This will be used to categorise your entry; do not use a capital here, write &#039;&#039;noun&#039;&#039; rather, instead of &#039;&#039;Noun&#039;&#039; (Opposite of POS!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example is given here, using the word &#039;&#039;entry&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{subst:User:Chrysophylax/Template:nous&lt;br /&gt;
|1=English&lt;br /&gt;
|2=entry&lt;br /&gt;
|POS=Noun            &lt;br /&gt;
|IPA=ˈentʰɹɪ       &lt;br /&gt;
|POS2=noun &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Now you try! --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==tjen==&lt;br /&gt;
===Alternative forms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Etymology===&lt;br /&gt;
From Modern French &#039;&#039;chien&#039;&#039;, from Middle French &#039;&#039;chien&#039;&#039;, from Old French &#039;&#039;chien&#039;&#039;, from Latin &#039;&#039;canis, canem&#039;&#039;, from Proto-Italic &#039;&#039;*kō&#039;&#039; (accusative, &#039;&#039;*kwanem&#039;&#039;), Proto-Indo-European &#039;&#039;*ḱwn-i-&#039;&#039;, derived from &#039;&#039;*ḱwṓ&#039;&#039; (accusative &#039;&#039;*ḱwónm̥&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pronunciation===&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;tjen&#039;&#039;) [[Guide:IPA|IPA]]: //ʃɜ̃//&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;dog&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# definition&lt;br /&gt;
#:&#039;&#039;example usage of &#039;&#039;&#039;dog&#039;&#039;&#039; here&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#:: &#039;&#039;italicised translation here.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inflection====&lt;br /&gt;
====Usage notes====&lt;br /&gt;
====Synonyms====&lt;br /&gt;
====Derived terms====&lt;br /&gt;
====Related terms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contionary]] [[Category:tjen s]] [[Category:tjen words]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Contionary:tjen&amp;diff=52018</id>
		<title>Contionary:tjen</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Contionary:tjen&amp;diff=52018"/>
		<updated>2016-06-17T02:46:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: Created page with &amp;quot; &amp;lt;!--  Welcome to the new word template!  To speed up some time, we&amp;#039;ve included a handy expansion template that quickly builds up the page. All you need to do is fill in a few...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Welcome to the new word template! &lt;br /&gt;
To speed up some time, we&#039;ve included a handy expansion template that quickly builds up the page. All you need to do is fill in a few things.&lt;br /&gt;
1 = is equal to the name of your language, first-letter capitalised.&lt;br /&gt;
2 = is the actual word.&lt;br /&gt;
POS = This is where you fill in the primary category to which your word belongs to. Is it a noun, an adjective or a verb? Perhaps, a particle? Capitalise the first letter: write Noun, not “noun”.&lt;br /&gt;
IPA = The pronunciation of your word may be filled in here using the International Phonetic Alphabet (accessible by going to Special Characters &amp;gt; IPA).&lt;br /&gt;
POS2 = This will be used to categorise your entry; do not use a capital here, write &#039;&#039;noun&#039;&#039; rather, instead of &#039;&#039;Noun&#039;&#039; (Opposite of POS!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An example is given here, using the word &#039;&#039;entry&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{subst:User:Chrysophylax/Template:nous&lt;br /&gt;
|1=English&lt;br /&gt;
|2=entry&lt;br /&gt;
|POS=Noun            &lt;br /&gt;
|IPA=ˈentʰɹɪ       &lt;br /&gt;
|POS2=noun &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Now you try! --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==tjen==&lt;br /&gt;
===Alternative forms===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Etymology===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Pronunciation===&lt;br /&gt;
(&#039;&#039;tjen&#039;&#039;) [[Guide:IPA|IPA]]: //ʃɜ̃//&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;dog&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# definition&lt;br /&gt;
#:&#039;&#039;example usage of &#039;&#039;&#039;dog&#039;&#039;&#039; here&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#:: &#039;&#039;italicised translation here.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Inflection====&lt;br /&gt;
====Usage notes====&lt;br /&gt;
====Synonyms====&lt;br /&gt;
====Derived terms====&lt;br /&gt;
====Related terms====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Contionary]] [[Category:tjen s]] [[Category:tjen words]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=51969</id>
		<title>Nousuerian</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://linguifex.com/w/index.php?title=Nousuerian&amp;diff=51969"/>
		<updated>2016-06-16T21:10:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nslyons1: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DO NOT CHANGE OR EDIT PLEASE! THIS IS A WORK IN PROGRESS&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori lan...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;DO NOT CHANGE OR EDIT PLEASE! THIS IS A WORK IN PROGRESS&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (Nousuerian: nusveska; French: nousuédois; Swedish: nusveska) is a constructed, a posteriori language in the North Germanic family of languages, descended from the Old Norse language. Most of the vocabulary of Nousuerian is directly borrowed from the French language. With the Nousuerian language comes an alternate history of the places in which it developed and is spoken; namely, the real-life Faroe Islands. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{language&lt;br /&gt;
|name = Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|nativename = nusveska&lt;br /&gt;
|pronunciation = nu.sve.skə&lt;br /&gt;
|spoken = The Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|region = Northern Europe&lt;br /&gt;
|speakers = 66,000&lt;br /&gt;
|rank = N/A&lt;br /&gt;
|family = Indo-European &amp;gt; Germanic &amp;gt; North Germanic &amp;gt; East Scandinavian &amp;gt; Continental Scandinavian &amp;gt; Old Swedish &amp;gt; Modern Swedish &amp;gt; Nousuerian&lt;br /&gt;
|writing = Latin&lt;br /&gt;
|official = The Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles&lt;br /&gt;
|regulator = Det Nusveska Spròkets Monakakademi&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a short reminder of the language format policy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I. Write a short piece stating your intents and purposes when creating the language (Design goal, inspiration, ideas, and so on).&lt;br /&gt;
II. Write a short introduction to your language. (Who speaks it? When was it created? By whom? or what? are some example questions that can be answered here)&lt;br /&gt;
III. Once done, try making sure everything is properly spelt so as to avoid unnecessary reader fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian (&#039;&#039;in Nousuerian&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;nusveksa&#039;&#039;&#039; [nusveskə] or &#039;&#039;&#039;det nusveska spròket&#039;&#039;&#039; [de nusveskə sprɔke]) is a North Germanic language spoken in the Kingdom of Nousuerian Isles. It is spoken by about 66,000 people, a majority of whom live in the Kingdom. Nousuerian is a member of the Scandinavian family and shares a common ancestor with contemporary Swedish. Nousuerian is a descendant of Modern Swedish, the common language of the Germanic peoples living in the Nousuerian Isles at the time. Nousuerian has also heavily borrowed vocabulary from French with whom the islands have a strong, shared ancestral, linguistic and cultural past. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Design goals, inspiration, ideas, who speaks it?, when was it created?, where does it come from?, any peculiarities? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example categories/headings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Goals&lt;br /&gt;
Setting&lt;br /&gt;
Inspiration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- ***Phonology*** --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- What sounds does your language use? --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example sub-/other categories: --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Phonology==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Orthography===&lt;br /&gt;
===Consonants===&lt;br /&gt;
Most consonants in Nousuerian have English equivalents; namely, &#039;&#039;b, d, f, g, h, k, l, m, n, p, s, t&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other required a bit of practice for native English speakers:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;y&#039;&#039;&#039;ard&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;  is pronounced like a Spanish &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;, as in &#039;&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&#039;ojo&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Consonant Clusters====&lt;br /&gt;
Normally, consonant clusters are pronounced simply as a combination of the two sounds:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;nu&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sv&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;sk&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, there are certain consonant clusters which are pronounced is a very particular way. &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As!! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rn ||ɳ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rt || ʈ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rd || ɖ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rl || ɭ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rs || ʂ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| tj || ɕ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| sj || ɧ or ʃ&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As seen in the table above, there are three different combinations which could be represented by the sound [ʃ]. These differences in pronunciation will allow you to be understand by a native speaker of Nousuerian and is generally accepted. They are generally maintained solely for orthological reasons. However, there are some cases of classicism in which the &amp;quot;correct&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;elite&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the first example, while the &amp;quot;vulgar&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;common&amp;quot; pronunciation would be the second. &lt;br /&gt;
===Vowels===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nousuerian vowels, like Spanish or Italian, are always pronounced as they are written. &lt;br /&gt;
*A is pronounced [a] as in English ‘father’ or Spanish ‘adiós’&lt;br /&gt;
*E is pronounced [e] as in French ‘été’ or Italian ‘prego’&lt;br /&gt;
*I is pronounced [i] as in English ‘bee’ or Spanish ’ir’&lt;br /&gt;
*O is pronounced [o] as in English ‘open’&lt;br /&gt;
*U is pronounced [u] as in English ‘doom’ or ‘moon’&lt;br /&gt;
*È is pronounced [ɛ] as in English ‘pen’ or ‘best’&lt;br /&gt;
*Ò is pronounced [ɔ] as in English ‘Oscar’ or ‘operate’&lt;br /&gt;
*Y is pronouns [y] as in French ‘plus’ or Swedish ‘byxor’&lt;br /&gt;
*EU is pronounced [ø] as in French ‘peu’ &lt;br /&gt;
====Diphthongs====&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039; precede another vowel, they form a diphthong with [j] or [w], respectively. If a diphthong precedes an &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; at the end of a word, it is not nasalised. However, this is not applied whenever the letter &#039;&#039;j&#039;&#039; appears before a nasalised vowel at the end of a word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Examples&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;avion&#039;&#039; (airplane) is pronounced [af.&#039;jon]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;moien&#039;&#039; (average) is pronounced [mo.&#039;jen]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;lujen&#039;&#039; (away from) is pronounced [lu.&#039;jɛ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;seduisan&#039;&#039; (attractive) is pronounced [se.dwi.sɑ̃]&lt;br /&gt;
====Nasal Vowels====&lt;br /&gt;
There are only four vowels in Nousuerian which have a nasalised variant. It should be noted that they are only nasalised when at the end of a word. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Written As !! Pronounced As&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| an || ɑ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| en || ɛ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| on || ɔ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| un || œ̃&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Prosody===&lt;br /&gt;
====Stress &amp;amp; Intonation====&lt;br /&gt;
One syllable and non-compounds are stressed on the final syllable. Compounds are double stressed; they have a falling tonal stress on the first syllable of the first word and a rising tonal stress on the last syllable of the second word. When one is inflected, the stress stays on the same syllable, so the endings aren&#039;t stressed.&lt;br /&gt;
=====Sentence Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
When the subject of a sentence is a noun, it is stressed. Pronouns, however, are unstressed. When the object is a noun, it is also stressed. Pronouns, like subjects, are normally unstressed. Object pronouns, however, are stressed when they are at the beginning of the sentence. For contrast, objects are stressed. &lt;br /&gt;
When there is a verb but no object, the verb is stressed. However, when there is an object, the verb is unstressed. This also applies to verb complements, which are stressed while the verb isn’t. For contrast, verbs are stressed. Adverbials are usually stressed whether first or last in the sentence. &lt;br /&gt;
=====Word Stress=====&lt;br /&gt;
Word stress is found only in words that have sentence stress. &lt;br /&gt;
*Non-compounds – these words are pronounced monosyllabically. &lt;br /&gt;
*Compounds – these words have a stress on each of the parts of the compound, but the melody of each part is different. The first stress has a falling pitch and the last stress has a rising pitch. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Phonotactics===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Explain the consonant clusters and vowel clusters that are permissible for use in the language. For example, &amp;quot;st&amp;quot; is an allowed consonant cluster in English while onset &amp;quot;ng&amp;quot; isn&#039;t. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Morphophonology===&lt;br /&gt;
==Morphology==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- How do the words in your language look? How do you derive words from others? Do you have cases? Are verbs inflected? Do nouns differ from adjectives? Do adjectives differ from verbs? Etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Here are some example subcategories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nouns&lt;br /&gt;
Adjectives&lt;br /&gt;
Verbs&lt;br /&gt;
Adverbs&lt;br /&gt;
Particles&lt;br /&gt;
Derivational morphology&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Syntax==&lt;br /&gt;
===Constituent order===&lt;br /&gt;
===Noun phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Verb phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Sentence phrase===&lt;br /&gt;
===Dependent clauses===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- etc. etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example texts==&lt;br /&gt;
==Other resources==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Example: Word order, qualifiers, determinatives, branching, etc. --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Template area --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:{{PAGENAME}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Conlangs]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nslyons1</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>